1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
46 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
48 #include "insn-config.h"
56 #include "dwarf2out.h"
57 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
63 #include "diagnostic.h"
66 #include "langhooks.h"
71 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
72 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
75 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
76 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
77 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
78 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
79 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
80 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
81 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
82 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
83 CIE = Common Information Entry
84 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
85 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
86 FDE = Frame Description Entry
87 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
88 how to restore registers
90 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
91 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
93 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
97 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
99 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
100 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
101 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
104 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
105 || flag_unwind_tables
106 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
111 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
113 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
116 /* Return the default value of eh_frame_section. Note that this function
117 must appear outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
121 default_eh_frame_section (void)
123 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
126 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
132 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
133 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
134 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
136 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
137 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
138 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
139 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
140 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
141 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
145 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
146 return get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL);
153 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(rtx,gc);
155 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
156 must be kept around forever. */
157 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array;
159 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
160 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
161 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
163 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types;
165 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
166 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
167 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
168 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
169 define type declaration DIE's. */
170 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
172 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
173 static GTY(()) section *debug_info_section;
174 static GTY(()) section *debug_abbrev_section;
175 static GTY(()) section *debug_aranges_section;
176 static GTY(()) section *debug_macinfo_section;
177 static GTY(()) section *debug_line_section;
178 static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section;
179 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section;
180 static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section;
181 static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section;
183 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
184 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
185 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
188 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
189 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
190 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
192 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
193 Information instructions. The register number, offset
194 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
195 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
197 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
199 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
205 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct GTY(())
207 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
208 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
209 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
210 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
214 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct GTY(())
216 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
217 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
218 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
220 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
225 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
226 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
227 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
228 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
229 of this structure. */
230 typedef struct cfa_loc GTY(())
232 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
233 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
235 int indirect; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
238 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
239 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
240 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
241 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
242 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
244 typedef struct dw_fde_struct GTY(())
247 const char *dw_fde_begin;
248 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
249 const char *dw_fde_end;
250 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label;
251 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
252 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
253 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
254 bool dw_fde_switched_sections;
255 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
256 unsigned funcdef_number;
257 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
258 unsigned nothrow : 1;
259 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
263 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
264 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
266 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
267 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
268 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
269 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
271 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
272 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
275 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
276 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
277 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
280 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
281 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
284 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
285 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
286 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
289 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
290 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
292 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
293 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
296 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
298 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
299 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
300 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
302 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
303 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
304 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
305 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
307 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
311 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
312 information for each routine. */
313 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
315 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
316 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
318 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
319 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
321 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
323 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
325 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
326 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
328 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
329 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
330 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
331 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
332 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
333 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
336 struct indirect_string_node GTY(())
339 unsigned int refcount;
344 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
346 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
347 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
349 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
351 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
353 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
354 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
355 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
356 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
357 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
358 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *);
359 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
360 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
361 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
362 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (rtx);
363 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
364 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
365 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx, bool);
366 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
367 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx);
368 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
370 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
371 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
372 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
373 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
374 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
376 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
378 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
379 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
380 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
383 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
384 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
385 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
387 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
388 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
391 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
392 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
395 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
396 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
399 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
400 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
402 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
403 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
404 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
405 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
406 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
407 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
408 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
409 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
410 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
411 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
413 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
414 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
416 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
418 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
420 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
424 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
425 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
426 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
427 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
430 /* Hook used by __throw. */
433 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
435 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
438 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
439 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
442 stripattributes (const char *s)
444 char *stripped = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 2);
449 while (*s && *s != ',')
456 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
459 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
462 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
463 rtx addr = expand_expr (address, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
464 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
465 bool wrote_return_column = false;
467 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
468 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
470 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
471 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
474 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
475 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
476 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
478 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
480 wrote_return_column = true;
482 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
486 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset),
487 gen_int_mode (size, mode));
490 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
491 gcc_assert (wrote_return_column);
492 i = DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
493 wrote_return_column = false;
495 i = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
498 if (! wrote_return_column)
500 enum machine_mode save_mode = Pmode;
501 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = i * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
502 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
503 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
507 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
510 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
514 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
515 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
517 return "DW_CFA_offset";
519 return "DW_CFA_restore";
523 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
524 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
525 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
526 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
527 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
528 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
529 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
530 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
531 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
532 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
533 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
534 case DW_CFA_undefined:
535 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
536 case DW_CFA_same_value:
537 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
538 case DW_CFA_register:
539 return "DW_CFA_register";
540 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
541 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
542 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
543 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
545 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
546 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
547 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
548 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
549 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
552 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
553 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
554 case DW_CFA_expression:
555 return "DW_CFA_expression";
556 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
557 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
558 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
559 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
560 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
561 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
563 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
564 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
565 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
568 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
569 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
570 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
571 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
572 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
573 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
576 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
580 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
582 static inline dw_cfi_ref
585 dw_cfi_ref cfi = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
587 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
588 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
589 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
594 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
597 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
601 /* Find the end of the chain. */
602 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
608 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
611 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
613 static char label[20];
615 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
616 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
620 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
621 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
624 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
628 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
631 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
633 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
634 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
638 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label = xstrdup (label);
640 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
642 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
643 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
644 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
647 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
651 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
654 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
657 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc)
659 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
661 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
662 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
664 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
666 = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
668 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
669 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
672 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
673 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
675 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
676 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
678 = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
680 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
681 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
688 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
691 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
695 loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
698 loc->base_offset = 0;
700 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
701 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
703 if (fde_table_in_use)
705 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
706 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
707 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
711 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
712 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
714 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
716 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
718 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
719 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
721 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
722 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
724 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
725 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
726 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
729 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
736 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
739 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
742 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2)
744 return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg
745 && loc1->offset == loc2->offset
746 && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect
747 && (loc1->indirect == 0
748 || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset));
751 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
752 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
755 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
758 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
763 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
764 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
766 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
767 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
769 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
770 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa))
775 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
777 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
778 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. */
781 HOST_WIDE_INT f_offset = loc.offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
782 gcc_assert (f_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == loc.offset);
784 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf;
785 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = f_offset;
789 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
790 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
794 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
795 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
796 && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM
799 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
800 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
801 offset has not changed. */
802 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
803 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
807 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
809 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
810 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
811 the specified offset. */
814 HOST_WIDE_INT f_offset = loc.offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
815 gcc_assert (f_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == loc.offset);
817 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
818 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
819 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = f_offset;
823 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
824 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
825 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
830 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
831 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
832 register-offset pair is available. */
833 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
835 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
836 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc);
837 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
840 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
843 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
844 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
845 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
846 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
849 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
851 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
853 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
855 if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
858 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
860 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
862 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
864 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
866 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
867 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
868 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
870 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset = offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
872 gcc_assert (check_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == offset);
875 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
877 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
879 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
881 else if (sreg == reg)
882 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
885 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
886 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
889 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
892 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
893 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
894 from the previous frame's window save area.
896 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
897 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
900 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
902 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
904 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
905 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
908 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
909 pushed onto the stack. */
912 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
916 if (size == old_args_size)
919 old_args_size = size;
922 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
923 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
924 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
927 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
928 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
931 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
933 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
936 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
937 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
940 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
942 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
945 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
946 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
949 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
951 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
954 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
955 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
958 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
960 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
961 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
963 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
966 /* RA is in a register. */
967 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
971 /* RA is on the stack. */
973 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
976 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
981 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
982 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
986 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
987 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
997 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
998 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
999 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1000 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1001 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
1008 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
1009 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
1012 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1015 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1016 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern)
1018 rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
1019 rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
1020 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1023 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1025 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1026 code = GET_CODE (src);
1027 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
1028 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1029 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1032 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1036 else if (MEM_P (dest))
1038 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1039 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1040 code = GET_CODE (src);
1046 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1048 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1049 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1050 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1051 && GET_CODE (val) == CONST_INT);
1052 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1059 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1061 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1068 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1070 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1085 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1086 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1087 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1090 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1092 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1096 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1097 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1098 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1099 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1100 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn))
1103 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1104 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1105 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1107 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1109 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1110 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1111 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1112 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1113 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1114 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1115 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1116 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1121 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1123 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1124 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1127 else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1129 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1130 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1131 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1132 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1133 offset = -args_size;
1138 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1139 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn));
1140 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1141 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1143 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1145 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1146 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1147 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i));
1155 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1156 cfa.offset += offset;
1158 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1162 args_size += offset;
1166 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1167 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1168 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1169 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1174 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1175 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1176 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1178 struct queued_reg_save GTY(())
1180 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1182 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1186 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1188 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1189 struct reg_saved_in_data GTY(()) {
1194 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1195 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1196 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1197 more efficient data structure. */
1198 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1199 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1201 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1202 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1204 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1205 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1208 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1210 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1212 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1213 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1215 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1216 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1221 q = ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q));
1222 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1223 queued_reg_saves = q;
1227 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1228 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1230 last_reg_save_label = label;
1233 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1236 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1238 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1240 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1243 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1245 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1246 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1248 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1250 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1251 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1253 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1255 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1256 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1259 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1261 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1263 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1264 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1267 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1268 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1271 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1272 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1273 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1274 have a new location for? */
1277 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn)
1279 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1281 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1284 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1286 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1287 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1288 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1295 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1298 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg)
1301 unsigned int regno, sregno;
1303 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1304 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (reg))
1306 if (i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1308 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1309 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1311 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = reg;
1312 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = sreg;
1314 regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1315 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg));
1316 reg_save (label, regno, sregno, 0);
1319 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1322 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1324 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1326 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1328 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1329 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1332 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1333 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1334 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1335 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1341 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1342 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1343 value, not an offset. */
1344 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1346 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1347 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1348 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1349 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1351 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1352 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1353 users need not read the source code.
1355 The High-Level Picture
1357 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1358 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1359 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1360 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1361 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1363 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1364 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1365 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1366 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1367 saves. This also seems to work.
1369 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1370 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1371 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1372 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1373 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1374 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1375 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
1376 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
1377 value as in the caller.
1379 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1380 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1381 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1382 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1384 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
1387 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1389 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1390 consists of a register and an offset.
1391 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1392 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1393 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1394 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1395 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1396 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1397 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1399 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1400 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1401 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1404 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1405 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1406 and cfa_temp.offset.
1408 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1411 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1412 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1413 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1417 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1418 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1421 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1422 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1423 cfa.offset unchanged
1424 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1425 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1428 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1429 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1430 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1431 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1432 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1433 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1436 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1437 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1438 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1441 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1442 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1444 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1445 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1446 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1449 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1450 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1452 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1453 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1456 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1457 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1458 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1461 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1462 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1463 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1466 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1470 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1471 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1472 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1475 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1476 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1477 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1479 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1482 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1483 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1484 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1486 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1489 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1492 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1493 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1496 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1497 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1498 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1501 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1502 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1503 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1504 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
1507 Â (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
1508 Â effects: target-dependent */
1511 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
1514 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1516 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1517 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1518 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1519 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1520 flag is set in them. */
1521 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1524 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
1526 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1527 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index)) == SET
1528 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index))
1530 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index), label);
1535 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
1537 src = SET_SRC (expr);
1538 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
1542 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
1547 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1550 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1552 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1554 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1557 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1558 relative to the current CFA register.
1560 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1561 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1562 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1563 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1564 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1565 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1566 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1570 /* Saving a register in a register. */
1571 gcc_assert (call_used_regs [REGNO (dest)]
1572 && (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
1573 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
1574 || DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
1575 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
1576 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
1583 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1587 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1590 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1593 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
1595 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
1601 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1603 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1604 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
1605 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1607 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
1608 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1611 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
1613 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1615 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1616 cfa.offset += offset;
1617 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1618 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1620 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1623 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1624 or adjusting the FP */
1625 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
1627 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1628 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1629 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1630 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1631 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1633 cfa.offset += offset;
1634 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1638 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
1641 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1642 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1643 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1645 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1646 into the FP later on. */
1647 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1648 cfa.offset += offset;
1649 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1650 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1651 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1652 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1656 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1657 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1658 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1660 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1661 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1662 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1663 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
1664 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
1668 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
1669 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1671 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1672 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1681 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1682 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
1687 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1688 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1689 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1691 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
1692 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1693 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1696 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1697 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1704 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
1705 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
1706 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
1713 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1717 gcc_assert (REG_P (src));
1719 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1721 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1726 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1727 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
1729 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
1731 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1732 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1734 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1735 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1736 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1738 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1744 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1745 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1748 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1749 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1751 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1752 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1753 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1755 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1759 /* With an offset. */
1766 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
1767 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
1768 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1769 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
1772 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
1774 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1775 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
1778 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1779 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
1785 /* Without an offset. */
1788 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
1790 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1791 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1794 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1795 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1802 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
1803 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
1804 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1805 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1812 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1813 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1814 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
1816 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1818 if (cfa.offset == 0)
1820 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1821 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1823 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1824 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
1829 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1830 calculate the CFA. */
1831 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
1835 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
1837 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
1838 cfa.base_offset = offset;
1840 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1845 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1846 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
1854 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1855 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1856 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
1858 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
1859 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
1862 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1867 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1871 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1872 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1874 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1877 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
1879 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1882 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
1884 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1886 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
1887 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
1889 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
1893 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
1894 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1896 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1898 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1899 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
1903 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1904 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1906 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1908 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1910 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
1915 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1916 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1917 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1919 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1920 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1925 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1926 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1928 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1929 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1930 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1931 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1932 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1933 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
1936 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1937 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1938 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1939 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1940 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1941 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1942 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1943 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1944 case DW_CFA_register:
1945 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1947 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1948 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1949 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1950 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1952 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1953 case DW_CFA_expression:
1954 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
1961 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1962 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1963 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1965 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1966 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1970 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1971 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1973 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1974 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1975 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1977 case DW_CFA_register:
1978 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1981 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1985 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1987 /* Switch to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
1988 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic label
1992 switch_to_eh_frame_section (void)
1996 if (eh_frame_section)
1997 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section);
2000 switch_to_section (data_section);
2001 label = get_file_function_name ('F');
2002 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2003 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file,
2004 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
2005 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
2009 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
2010 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
2011 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
2012 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
2013 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
2016 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
2019 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
2022 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
2023 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
2024 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
2025 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
2026 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
2027 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
2029 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2030 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
2031 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r);
2032 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2034 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
2036 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2037 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
2038 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r);
2042 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
2043 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
2045 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
2047 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
2049 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2050 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
2051 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
2054 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2055 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
2058 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
2059 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2060 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2061 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2064 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
2065 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2066 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2067 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2070 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
2071 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2072 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2073 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2076 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
2077 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2078 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2079 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2082 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2083 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2084 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2085 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2086 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2089 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2090 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2091 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2092 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2093 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2096 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2097 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2098 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2099 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2100 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2101 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2104 case DW_CFA_register:
2105 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2106 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2107 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2108 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2111 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2112 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2113 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2116 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2117 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2120 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2123 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2124 case DW_CFA_expression:
2125 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
2128 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
2129 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
2138 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
2139 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
2140 location of saved registers. */
2143 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
2148 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
2149 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
2150 char augmentation[6];
2151 int augmentation_size;
2152 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2153 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2154 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2157 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
2158 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
2161 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
2162 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
2163 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
2164 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
2165 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
2166 specialization doesn't. */
2167 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2168 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
2170 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2171 if ((fde_table[i].nothrow || fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2172 && !fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda
2173 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2174 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
2175 for_eh, /* empty */ 1);
2177 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
2178 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
2179 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
2180 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
2183 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
2185 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2186 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
2187 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
2188 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2189 any_eh_needed = true;
2190 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
2191 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2192 any_eh_needed = true;
2194 if (! any_eh_needed)
2198 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
2203 switch_to_eh_frame_section ();
2205 switch_to_section (get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
2207 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
2208 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
2210 /* Output the CIE. */
2211 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
2212 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
2213 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2214 "Length of Common Information Entry");
2215 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2217 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
2218 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
2219 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
2220 (for_eh ? 0 : DW_CIE_ID),
2221 "CIE Identifier Tag");
2223 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION, "CIE Version");
2225 augmentation[0] = 0;
2226 augmentation_size = 0;
2232 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
2233 augmentation section.
2234 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
2235 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
2236 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
2238 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
2239 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
2241 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
2242 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2243 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2245 p = augmentation + 1;
2246 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2249 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
2251 if (any_lsda_needed)
2254 augmentation_size += 1;
2256 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2259 augmentation_size += 1;
2261 if (p > augmentation + 1)
2263 augmentation[0] = 'z';
2267 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2268 if (eh_personality_libfunc && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2270 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2272 + 1 /* CIE version */
2273 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2274 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2275 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
2277 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2278 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2279 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2281 augmentation_size += pad;
2283 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2284 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2285 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
2289 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2290 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2291 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
2292 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2294 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
2295 if (DW_CIE_VERSION == 1)
2296 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
2298 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
2300 if (augmentation[0])
2302 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
2303 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2305 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
2306 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
2307 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
2308 eh_personality_libfunc,
2312 if (any_lsda_needed)
2313 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2314 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
2316 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2317 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2318 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
2321 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2322 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
2324 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2325 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2326 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
2327 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2329 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2330 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2332 fde = &fde_table[i];
2334 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2335 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
2336 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2337 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2338 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2341 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh, /* empty */ 0);
2342 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2343 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2344 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2345 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2347 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2350 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
2352 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
2357 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, fde->dw_fde_begin);
2358 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2359 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding,
2362 "FDE initial location");
2363 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
2365 rtx sym_ref2 = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode,
2366 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label);
2367 rtx sym_ref3= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode,
2368 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label);
2369 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref2) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2370 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref3) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2371 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref3, false,
2372 "FDE initial location");
2373 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2374 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
2375 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2376 "FDE address range");
2377 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref2, false,
2378 "FDE initial location");
2379 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2380 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
2381 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2382 "FDE address range");
2385 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2386 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2387 "FDE address range");
2391 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2392 "FDE initial location");
2393 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
2395 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2396 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2397 "FDE initial location");
2398 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2399 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
2400 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2401 "FDE address range");
2402 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2403 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2404 "FDE initial location");
2405 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2406 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
2407 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2408 "FDE address range");
2411 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2412 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2413 "FDE address range");
2416 if (augmentation[0])
2418 if (any_lsda_needed)
2420 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
2422 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2424 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2425 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2426 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
2427 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2428 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2431 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
2434 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
2436 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2438 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, "LLSDA",
2439 fde->funcdef_number);
2440 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2441 lsda_encoding, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
2442 false, "Language Specific Data Area");
2446 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2447 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2449 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
2450 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2454 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2457 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2459 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
2460 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2461 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
2463 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2464 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2465 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
2466 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2469 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
2470 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2471 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2472 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2473 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2474 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
2477 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2482 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2486 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2487 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2489 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2493 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
2495 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2496 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2497 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2499 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
2500 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2503 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2507 switch_to_section (function_section (current_function_decl));
2508 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2509 current_function_funcdef_no);
2510 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2511 current_function_funcdef_no);
2512 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
2513 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
2515 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2516 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2517 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2521 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2522 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
2524 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2525 fde_table = ggc_realloc (fde_table,
2526 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2527 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
2528 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2531 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2532 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
2534 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2535 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
2536 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
2537 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
2538 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
2539 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = NULL;
2540 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = NULL;
2541 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = NULL;
2542 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = NULL;
2543 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = false;
2544 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
2545 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
2546 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
2547 fde->nothrow = TREE_NOTHROW (current_function_decl);
2548 fde->uses_eh_lsda = cfun->uses_eh_lsda;
2549 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = cfun->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
2551 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
2553 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2554 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2555 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2557 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file);
2561 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2562 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2566 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2567 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2570 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2572 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2574 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
2575 current_function_funcdef_no);
2576 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
2577 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
2578 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
2582 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2584 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2585 fde_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2586 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2587 fde_table_in_use = 0;
2589 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2590 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2592 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2593 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2594 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
2595 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
2600 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2602 /* Output call frame information. */
2603 if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
2604 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
2605 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
2606 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
2609 output_call_frame_info (0);
2611 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2612 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
2613 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
2614 output_call_frame_info (1);
2619 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2620 for emitting location expressions. */
2622 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2623 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2624 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2627 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2628 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2629 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2630 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
2632 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2633 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2634 implementation are listed below. */
2639 dw_val_class_offset,
2641 dw_val_class_loc_list,
2642 dw_val_class_range_list,
2644 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2645 dw_val_class_long_long,
2648 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2649 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2650 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2651 dw_val_class_lbl_offset,
2655 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2656 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2658 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct GTY(())
2665 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
2667 typedef struct dw_vec_struct GTY(())
2669 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
2675 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2676 represented internally. */
2678 typedef struct dw_val_struct GTY(())
2680 enum dw_val_class val_class;
2681 union dw_val_struct_union
2683 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
2684 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
2685 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
2686 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
2687 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
2688 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
2689 dw_long_long_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long;
2690 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
2691 struct dw_val_die_union
2695 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
2696 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
2697 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
2698 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
2699 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
2701 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
2705 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2708 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct GTY(())
2710 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2711 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2712 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2713 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2718 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2719 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2720 their entire life. */
2721 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct GTY(())
2723 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
2724 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
2725 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
2726 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2727 Only on head of list */
2728 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2729 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
2732 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2734 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2735 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom,
2736 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
2737 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref);
2738 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2739 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2740 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2741 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2743 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2746 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
2751 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2752 return "DW_OP_addr";
2754 return "DW_OP_deref";
2756 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2758 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2760 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2762 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2764 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2766 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2768 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2770 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2772 return "DW_OP_constu";
2774 return "DW_OP_consts";
2778 return "DW_OP_drop";
2780 return "DW_OP_over";
2782 return "DW_OP_pick";
2784 return "DW_OP_swap";
2788 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2796 return "DW_OP_minus";
2808 return "DW_OP_plus";
2809 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2810 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2816 return "DW_OP_shra";
2834 return "DW_OP_skip";
2836 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2838 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2840 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2842 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2844 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2846 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2848 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2850 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2852 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2854 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2856 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2858 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2860 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2862 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2864 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2866 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2868 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2870 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2872 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2874 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2876 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2878 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2880 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2882 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2884 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2886 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2888 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2890 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2892 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2894 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2896 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2898 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2900 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2902 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2904 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2906 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2908 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2910 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2912 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2914 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2916 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2918 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2920 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2922 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2924 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2926 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2928 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2930 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2932 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2934 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2936 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2938 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2940 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2942 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2944 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2946 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2948 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2950 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2952 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2954 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2956 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2958 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2960 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2962 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2964 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2966 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2968 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2970 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2972 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2974 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2976 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2978 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2980 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2982 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2984 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2986 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2988 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2990 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2992 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2994 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2996 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2998 return "DW_OP_breg17";
3000 return "DW_OP_breg18";
3002 return "DW_OP_breg19";
3004 return "DW_OP_breg20";
3006 return "DW_OP_breg21";
3008 return "DW_OP_breg22";
3010 return "DW_OP_breg23";
3012 return "DW_OP_breg24";
3014 return "DW_OP_breg25";
3016 return "DW_OP_breg26";
3018 return "DW_OP_breg27";
3020 return "DW_OP_breg28";
3022 return "DW_OP_breg29";
3024 return "DW_OP_breg30";
3026 return "DW_OP_breg31";
3028 return "DW_OP_regx";
3030 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
3032 return "DW_OP_bregx";
3034 return "DW_OP_piece";
3035 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3036 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
3037 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3038 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
3041 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
3042 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
3044 return "DW_OP_call2";
3046 return "DW_OP_call4";
3047 case DW_OP_call_ref:
3048 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
3049 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
3050 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
3052 return "OP_<unknown>";
3056 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
3057 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
3058 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
3060 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
3061 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
3062 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
3064 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
3066 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
3067 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
3068 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
3069 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
3070 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
3075 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
3078 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
3080 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
3082 /* Find the end of the chain. */
3083 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
3089 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
3091 static unsigned long
3092 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3094 unsigned long size = 1;
3096 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
3099 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3100 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
3119 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3122 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3127 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3128 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3166 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3169 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3172 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3175 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3176 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
3179 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3181 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3182 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3191 case DW_OP_call_ref:
3192 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
3201 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
3203 static unsigned long
3204 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3208 for (size = 0; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3210 loc->dw_loc_addr = size;
3211 size += size_of_loc_descr (loc);
3217 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
3220 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3222 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
3223 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
3225 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
3227 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3229 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
3233 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3237 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3241 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG >= 64);
3242 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3249 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
3250 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
3252 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
3265 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
3266 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
3267 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
3268 only doing unwinding. */
3273 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3276 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3279 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3282 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3284 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3285 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3319 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3322 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3325 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3328 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3329 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
3332 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3334 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3335 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3336 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3339 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3340 if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
3342 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
3345 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3352 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3357 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3360 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3362 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3364 /* Output the opcode. */
3365 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
3366 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
3368 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3369 output_loc_operands (loc);
3373 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3374 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3377 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3379 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
3382 /* Output the size of the block. */
3383 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
3384 size = size_of_locs (loc);
3385 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
3387 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3388 output_loc_sequence (loc);
3391 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3392 a dw_cfa_location. */
3394 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
3395 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa)
3397 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
3401 if (cfa->base_offset)
3404 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset, 0);
3406 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
3408 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3409 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3411 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3413 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
3414 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
3415 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3416 if (cfa->offset != 0)
3418 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, cfa->offset, 0);
3419 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3424 if (cfa->offset == 0)
3426 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3428 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3429 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3430 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->offset, 0);
3432 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->offset);
3438 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3439 descriptor sequence. */
3442 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
3444 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
3446 cfa->base_offset = 0;
3450 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
3452 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
3488 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
3491 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3525 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
3526 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3529 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3530 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
3535 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3536 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
3539 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
3540 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
3544 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3546 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3547 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3549 /* .debug_str support. */
3550 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3552 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3553 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3554 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3555 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3556 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3557 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3558 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3559 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3560 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree);
3561 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
3562 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
3563 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree);
3564 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
3565 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
3566 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
3567 static void dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void);
3569 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3571 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
3577 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
3578 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
3579 dwarf2out_begin_block,
3580 dwarf2out_end_block,
3581 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
3582 dwarf2out_source_line,
3583 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
3584 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
3585 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
3586 dwarf2out_begin_function,
3587 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
3588 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
3589 dwarf2out_global_decl,
3590 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
3591 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
3592 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
3593 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3594 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3595 something tries to reference them. */
3596 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
3597 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
3598 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
3599 dwarf2out_var_location,
3600 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
3601 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
3605 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3606 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3607 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3609 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3610 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3611 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3612 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3614 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3615 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3617 typedef long int dw_offset;
3619 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3621 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
3622 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
3623 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
3624 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
3625 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
3627 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3628 line number associated with the label generated for that
3629 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3630 the line number entry. */
3632 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct GTY(())
3634 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3635 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3639 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3641 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct GTY(())
3643 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3644 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3645 unsigned long function;
3647 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
3649 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3650 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3651 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3653 typedef struct dw_attr_struct GTY(())
3655 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
3656 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next;
3657 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
3661 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3663 typedef struct die_struct GTY(())
3665 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
3667 dw_attr_ref die_attr;
3668 dw_die_ref die_parent;
3669 dw_die_ref die_child;
3671 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3672 dw_offset die_offset;
3673 unsigned long die_abbrev;
3675 unsigned int decl_id;
3679 /* The pubname structure */
3681 typedef struct pubname_struct GTY(())
3688 struct dw_ranges_struct GTY(())
3693 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3694 typedef struct limbo_die_struct GTY(())
3698 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
3702 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3703 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3704 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3707 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3708 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3710 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3711 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3712 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3713 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3714 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3715 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3717 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3718 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3719 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3720 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3721 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3722 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3723 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3724 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3725 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3726 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3728 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3729 language, and compiler version. */
3731 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3732 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3733 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3735 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3736 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3738 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3739 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3740 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3741 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3742 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3744 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3745 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3746 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3747 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3748 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3749 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3751 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3752 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3753 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3754 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3756 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3760 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3761 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3762 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3764 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3765 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3767 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3768 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3770 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3771 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3772 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3773 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3774 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3776 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3777 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3778 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3779 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
3782 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3783 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
3785 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3786 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
3788 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3789 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table;
3790 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted;
3791 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index;
3793 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
3794 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
3795 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
3797 /* Node of the variable location list. */
3798 struct var_loc_node GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next")))
3800 rtx GTY (()) var_loc_note;
3801 const char * GTY (()) label;
3802 const char * GTY (()) section_label;
3803 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
3806 /* Variable location list. */
3807 struct var_loc_list_def GTY (())
3809 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
3811 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
3812 it is marked through the chain. */
3813 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
3815 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
3816 unsigned int decl_id;
3818 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
3821 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
3822 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
3824 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3825 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3826 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3827 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3828 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
3830 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3831 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
3833 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3834 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
3836 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3837 abbrev_die_table. */
3838 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3840 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3841 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3842 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3843 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
3845 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3846 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
3848 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3849 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
3851 /* True if the compilation unit contains more than one .text section. */
3852 static GTY(()) bool have_switched_text_section = false;
3854 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3855 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3856 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3857 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
3859 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3860 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
3862 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3863 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
3865 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3867 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3869 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3870 accessible names. */
3871 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table;
3873 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3874 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_allocated;
3876 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3877 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_in_use;
3879 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3881 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3883 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3884 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
3886 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3887 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
3889 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3890 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
3892 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3894 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3896 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3897 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
3899 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3900 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
3902 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3903 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
3905 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3907 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3909 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3910 static GTY(()) unsigned have_location_lists;
3912 /* Unique label counter. */
3913 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
3915 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3916 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3917 static int current_function_has_inlines;
3919 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3920 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
3923 /* Number of file tables emitted in maybe_emit_file(). */
3924 static GTY(()) int emitcount = 0;
3926 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3927 static GTY(()) int label_num;
3929 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3931 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the CFA,
3932 within the current function. */
3933 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_cfa_offset;
3935 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3937 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx);
3938 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
3939 static int is_tagged_type (tree);
3940 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3941 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3942 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3943 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (tree);
3944 static tree block_ultimate_origin (tree);
3945 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
3946 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
3947 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
3948 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3949 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
3950 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
3951 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
3952 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3953 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
3954 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned long,
3956 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
3957 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
3958 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
3959 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
3960 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3961 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
3962 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
3963 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
3964 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3965 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
3966 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
3967 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
3968 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3969 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
3970 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
3971 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3973 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
3974 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
3975 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
3976 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3977 static void add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3978 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3979 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3980 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3982 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
3983 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3984 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
3985 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
3986 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3987 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3988 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3989 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3990 static bool is_c_family (void);
3991 static bool is_cxx (void);
3992 static bool is_java (void);
3993 static bool is_fortran (void);
3994 static bool is_ada (void);
3995 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3996 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
3997 static inline void free_die (dw_die_ref);
3998 static void remove_children (dw_die_ref);
3999 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4000 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
4001 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
4002 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4003 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
4004 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
4005 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
4006 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
4007 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
4008 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (tree);
4009 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4010 static void add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, struct var_loc_node *);
4011 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
4012 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
4013 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
4014 static void reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref);
4015 static void reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
4016 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4017 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
4018 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
4019 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
4020 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
4021 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
4022 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *, dw_val_node *, int *);
4023 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
4024 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
4025 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4026 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
4027 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
4028 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
4029 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
4030 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
4031 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
4032 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
4033 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
4034 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
4035 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
4036 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
4037 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
4038 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
4039 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
4040 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
4041 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
4042 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
4043 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4044 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4045 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
4046 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (void);
4047 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
4048 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
4049 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
4050 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
4051 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
4052 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
4053 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
4054 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
4055 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
4056 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
4057 static void output_pubnames (void);
4058 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
4059 static void output_aranges (void);
4060 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree);
4061 static void output_ranges (void);
4062 static void output_line_info (void);
4063 static void output_file_names (void);
4064 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
4065 static tree root_type (tree);
4066 static int is_base_type (tree);
4067 static bool is_subrange_type (tree);
4068 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4069 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
4070 static int type_is_enum (tree);
4071 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (rtx);
4072 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
4073 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx);
4074 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
4075 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
4076 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
4077 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT);
4078 static int is_based_loc (rtx);
4079 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode);
4080 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
4081 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx);
4082 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree, int);
4083 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree);
4084 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
4085 static tree field_type (tree);
4086 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree);
4087 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree);
4088 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (tree);
4089 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (tree);
4090 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4092 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4093 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
4094 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
4095 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4096 static void insert_float (rtx, unsigned char *);
4097 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
4098 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
4099 enum dwarf_attribute);
4100 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4101 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
4102 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
4103 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
4104 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree);
4105 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4106 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4107 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4108 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4109 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4110 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4111 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
4112 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
4113 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
4114 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
4115 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
4116 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
4117 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
4118 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
4119 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4120 static const char *type_tag (tree);
4121 static tree member_declared_type (tree);
4123 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
4125 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4127 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4129 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4130 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4131 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4132 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4133 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4134 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4135 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4136 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4137 static void gen_variable_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4138 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4139 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4140 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4141 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4142 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4143 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
4144 static void gen_string_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4145 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
4146 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4147 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4148 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4149 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4150 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4151 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4152 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4153 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4154 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree);
4155 static void gen_namespace_die (tree);
4156 static void gen_decl_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4157 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
4158 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
4159 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
4160 static void declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
4161 static unsigned lookup_filename (const char *);
4162 static void init_file_table (void);
4163 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
4164 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
4165 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4166 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
4167 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
4168 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
4169 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref,
4170 const char *, const char *,
4172 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
4173 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
4175 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4176 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
4177 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
4178 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
4179 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
4180 static void prune_unused_types (void);
4181 static int maybe_emit_file (int);
4183 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
4184 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
4185 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
4187 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
4188 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
4190 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
4191 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
4193 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
4194 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
4196 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
4197 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
4199 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
4200 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
4202 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
4203 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
4205 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
4206 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
4208 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
4209 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
4212 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
4213 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4214 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
4217 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
4218 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
4219 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
4220 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
4223 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
4224 the section names themselves. */
4226 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4227 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
4229 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4230 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
4232 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
4233 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
4235 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
4236 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
4238 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
4239 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
4241 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
4242 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
4244 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
4245 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
4247 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
4248 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
4251 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
4252 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
4253 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
4254 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
4255 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
4257 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4258 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4259 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4260 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4261 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4262 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4263 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4264 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4265 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4266 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4268 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
4269 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
4271 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
4272 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
4274 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
4275 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
4277 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
4278 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
4280 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
4281 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
4283 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
4284 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
4287 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
4288 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
4290 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
4293 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
4295 demangle_name_func = func;
4298 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
4301 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl)
4303 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
4304 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
4305 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
4308 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
4312 type_main_variant (tree type)
4314 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4316 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
4317 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
4318 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
4319 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
4321 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
4322 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
4323 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4328 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4331 is_tagged_type (tree type)
4333 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
4335 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
4336 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
4339 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4342 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
4346 case DW_TAG_padding:
4347 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4348 case DW_TAG_array_type:
4349 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4350 case DW_TAG_class_type:
4351 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4352 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
4353 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4354 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
4355 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4356 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
4357 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4358 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
4359 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4361 return "DW_TAG_label";
4362 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
4363 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4365 return "DW_TAG_member";
4366 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
4367 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4368 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
4369 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4370 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
4371 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4372 case DW_TAG_string_type:
4373 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4374 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
4375 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4376 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
4377 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4378 case DW_TAG_typedef:
4379 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4380 case DW_TAG_union_type:
4381 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4382 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
4383 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4384 case DW_TAG_variant:
4385 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4386 case DW_TAG_common_block:
4387 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4388 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
4389 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4390 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
4391 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4392 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
4393 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4395 return "DW_TAG_module";
4396 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
4397 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4398 case DW_TAG_set_type:
4399 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4400 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
4401 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4402 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
4403 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4404 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
4405 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4406 case DW_TAG_base_type:
4407 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4408 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
4409 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4410 case DW_TAG_const_type:
4411 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4412 case DW_TAG_constant:
4413 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4414 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
4415 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4416 case DW_TAG_file_type:
4417 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4419 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4420 case DW_TAG_namelist:
4421 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4422 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
4423 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4424 case DW_TAG_namespace:
4425 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4426 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
4427 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4428 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
4429 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4430 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
4431 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4432 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
4433 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4434 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
4435 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4436 case DW_TAG_try_block:
4437 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4438 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
4439 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4440 case DW_TAG_variable:
4441 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4442 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
4443 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4444 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
4445 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
4446 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
4447 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4448 case DW_TAG_format_label:
4449 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4450 case DW_TAG_function_template:
4451 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4452 case DW_TAG_class_template:
4453 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4454 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
4455 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4456 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
4457 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4459 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4463 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4466 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
4471 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4472 case DW_AT_location:
4473 return "DW_AT_location";
4475 return "DW_AT_name";
4476 case DW_AT_ordering:
4477 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4478 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
4479 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4480 case DW_AT_byte_size:
4481 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4482 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
4483 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4484 case DW_AT_bit_size:
4485 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4486 case DW_AT_element_list:
4487 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4488 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
4489 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4491 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4493 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4494 case DW_AT_language:
4495 return "DW_AT_language";
4497 return "DW_AT_member";
4499 return "DW_AT_discr";
4500 case DW_AT_discr_value:
4501 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4502 case DW_AT_visibility:
4503 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4505 return "DW_AT_import";
4506 case DW_AT_string_length:
4507 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4508 case DW_AT_common_reference:
4509 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4510 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
4511 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4512 case DW_AT_const_value:
4513 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4514 case DW_AT_containing_type:
4515 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4516 case DW_AT_default_value:
4517 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4519 return "DW_AT_inline";
4520 case DW_AT_is_optional:
4521 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4522 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
4523 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4524 case DW_AT_producer:
4525 return "DW_AT_producer";
4526 case DW_AT_prototyped:
4527 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4528 case DW_AT_return_addr:
4529 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4530 case DW_AT_start_scope:
4531 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4532 case DW_AT_stride_size:
4533 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4534 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
4535 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4536 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
4537 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4538 case DW_AT_accessibility:
4539 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4540 case DW_AT_address_class:
4541 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4542 case DW_AT_artificial:
4543 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4544 case DW_AT_base_types:
4545 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4546 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
4547 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4549 return "DW_AT_count";
4550 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
4551 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4552 case DW_AT_decl_column:
4553 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4554 case DW_AT_decl_file:
4555 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4556 case DW_AT_decl_line:
4557 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4558 case DW_AT_declaration:
4559 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4560 case DW_AT_discr_list:
4561 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4562 case DW_AT_encoding:
4563 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4564 case DW_AT_external:
4565 return "DW_AT_external";
4566 case DW_AT_frame_base:
4567 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4569 return "DW_AT_friend";
4570 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
4571 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4572 case DW_AT_macro_info:
4573 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4574 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
4575 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4576 case DW_AT_priority:
4577 return "DW_AT_priority";
4579 return "DW_AT_segment";
4580 case DW_AT_specification:
4581 return "DW_AT_specification";
4582 case DW_AT_static_link:
4583 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4585 return "DW_AT_type";
4586 case DW_AT_use_location:
4587 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4588 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
4589 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4590 case DW_AT_virtuality:
4591 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4592 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
4593 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4595 case DW_AT_allocated:
4596 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4597 case DW_AT_associated:
4598 return "DW_AT_associated";
4599 case DW_AT_data_location:
4600 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4602 return "DW_AT_stride";
4603 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
4604 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4605 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
4606 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4607 case DW_AT_extension:
4608 return "DW_AT_extension";
4610 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4611 case DW_AT_trampoline:
4612 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4613 case DW_AT_call_column:
4614 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4615 case DW_AT_call_file:
4616 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4617 case DW_AT_call_line:
4618 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4620 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
4621 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4622 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
4623 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4624 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
4625 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4626 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
4627 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4628 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
4629 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4630 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
4631 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4632 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
4633 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4634 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
4635 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4636 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
4637 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4638 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
4639 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4640 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
4641 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4643 case DW_AT_sf_names:
4644 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4645 case DW_AT_src_info:
4646 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4647 case DW_AT_mac_info:
4648 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4649 case DW_AT_src_coords:
4650 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4651 case DW_AT_body_begin:
4652 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4653 case DW_AT_body_end:
4654 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4655 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
4656 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4658 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
4659 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4662 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4666 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4669 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
4674 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4675 case DW_FORM_block2:
4676 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4677 case DW_FORM_block4:
4678 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4680 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4682 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4684 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4685 case DW_FORM_string:
4686 return "DW_FORM_string";
4688 return "DW_FORM_block";
4689 case DW_FORM_block1:
4690 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4692 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4694 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4696 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4698 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4700 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4701 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4702 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4704 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4706 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4708 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4710 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4711 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4712 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4713 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4714 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4716 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4720 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4721 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4722 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4723 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4727 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl)
4729 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
4732 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4733 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4734 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4735 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4738 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4739 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4740 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
4742 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4745 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4746 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4747 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4748 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4752 block_ultimate_origin (tree block)
4754 tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
4756 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4757 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4758 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4759 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block) && immediate_origin == block)
4762 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
4767 tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
4771 ret_val = lookahead;
4772 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK
4773 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val) : NULL);
4775 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
4777 /* The block's abstract origin chain may not be the *ultimate* origin of
4778 the block. It could lead to a DECL that has an abstract origin set.
4779 If so, we want that DECL's abstract origin (which is what DECL_ORIGIN
4780 will give us if it has one). Note that DECL's abstract origins are
4781 supposed to be the most distant ancestor (or so decl_ultimate_origin
4782 claims), so we don't need to loop following the DECL origins. */
4783 if (DECL_P (ret_val))
4784 return DECL_ORIGIN (ret_val);
4790 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4791 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4795 decl_class_context (tree decl)
4797 tree context = NULL_TREE;
4799 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
4800 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
4802 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4803 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
4805 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
4806 context = NULL_TREE;
4811 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4812 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4815 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
4817 if (die != NULL && attr != NULL)
4819 attr->dw_attr_next = die->die_attr;
4820 die->die_attr = attr;
4824 static inline enum dw_val_class
4825 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
4827 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
4830 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4833 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
4835 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4837 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4838 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4839 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
4840 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
4841 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4844 static inline unsigned
4845 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
4847 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
4848 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4851 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4854 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
4856 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4858 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4859 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4860 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
4861 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
4862 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4865 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4866 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
4868 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
4869 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
4872 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4875 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4876 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
4878 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4880 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4881 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4882 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4883 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
4884 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4887 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4888 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
4890 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
4891 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
4894 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4897 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4898 long unsigned int val_hi, long unsigned int val_low)
4900 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4902 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4903 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4904 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
4905 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
4906 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
4907 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4910 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4913 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4914 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
4916 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4918 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4919 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4920 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
4921 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
4922 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
4923 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
4924 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4927 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4930 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
4932 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
4936 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
4938 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
4939 (const char *)x2) == 0;
4942 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4945 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
4947 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4948 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4951 if (! debug_str_hash)
4952 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
4953 debug_str_eq, NULL);
4955 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
4956 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
4958 *slot = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
4959 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
4960 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
4963 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4964 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4965 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
4966 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
4967 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4970 static inline const char *
4971 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
4973 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
4974 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
4977 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4978 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4981 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
4983 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4987 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
4989 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
4993 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
4995 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4996 always better to put it inline. */
4997 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
4998 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
5000 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
5001 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
5003 if ((debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
5004 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len)
5005 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
5007 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
5008 ++dw2_string_counter;
5009 node->label = xstrdup (label);
5011 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
5014 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
5017 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
5019 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5021 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5022 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5023 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
5024 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
5025 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
5026 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5029 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
5030 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
5033 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
5035 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
5036 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
5037 targ_die->die_definition = die;
5040 static inline dw_die_ref
5041 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
5043 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
5044 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
5048 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
5050 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
5051 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
5057 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
5059 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
5060 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
5063 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
5066 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
5068 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5070 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5071 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5072 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
5073 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
5074 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5077 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
5080 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5082 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5084 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5085 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5086 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
5087 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
5088 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5091 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
5092 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
5094 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
5095 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
5099 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
5101 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5103 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5104 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5105 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
5106 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
5107 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5108 have_location_lists = 1;
5111 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
5112 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
5114 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
5115 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
5118 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
5121 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
5123 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5125 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5126 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5127 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
5128 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
5129 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5133 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
5135 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
5136 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
5139 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
5142 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
5144 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5146 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5147 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5148 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
5149 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
5150 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5153 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5156 add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *label)
5158 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5160 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5161 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5162 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_offset;
5163 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
5164 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5167 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5170 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5171 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5173 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5175 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5176 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5177 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
5178 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5179 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5182 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
5185 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5186 long unsigned int offset)
5188 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5190 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5191 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5192 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
5193 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5194 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5197 static inline const char *
5198 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
5200 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
5201 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset));
5202 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
5205 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
5208 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5211 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
5215 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5216 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5218 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
5219 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
5223 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
5229 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5230 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5231 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5233 static inline const char *
5234 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5236 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
5238 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5241 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5242 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5243 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5245 static inline const char *
5246 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5248 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
5250 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5253 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5254 NULL if it is not present. */
5256 static inline const char *
5257 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5259 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5261 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
5264 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5265 if it is not present. */
5268 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5270 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5272 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
5275 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5276 if it is not present. */
5278 static inline unsigned
5279 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5281 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5283 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
5286 static inline dw_die_ref
5287 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5289 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5291 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
5294 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
5299 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5301 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89
5302 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
5305 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
5310 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
5311 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
5314 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5319 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5321 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
5322 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
5323 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
5326 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5331 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5333 return lang == DW_LANG_Java;
5336 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5341 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5343 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
5346 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
5348 static inline void free_AT (dw_attr_ref);
5350 free_AT (dw_attr_ref a)
5352 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
5353 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
5354 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
5357 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5360 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5363 dw_attr_ref removed = NULL;
5367 for (p = &(die->die_attr); *p; p = &((*p)->dw_attr_next))
5368 if ((*p)->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5371 *p = (*p)->dw_attr_next;
5380 /* Remove child die whose die_tag is specified tag. */
5383 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
5385 dw_die_ref current, prev, next;
5386 current = die->die_child;
5388 while (current != NULL)
5390 if (current->die_tag == tag)
5392 next = current->die_sib;
5394 die->die_child = next;
5396 prev->die_sib = next;
5403 current = current->die_sib;
5408 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5411 free_die (dw_die_ref die)
5413 remove_children (die);
5416 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5419 remove_children (dw_die_ref die)
5421 dw_die_ref child_die = die->die_child;
5423 die->die_child = NULL;
5425 while (child_die != NULL)
5427 dw_die_ref tmp_die = child_die;
5430 child_die = child_die->die_sib;
5432 for (a = tmp_die->die_attr; a != NULL;)
5434 dw_attr_ref tmp_a = a;
5436 a = a->dw_attr_next;
5444 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5445 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5448 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
5450 if (die != NULL && child_die != NULL)
5452 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
5454 child_die->die_parent = die;
5455 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child;
5456 die->die_child = child_die;
5460 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5461 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5464 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
5468 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5469 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5470 if (child->die_parent != parent)
5472 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
5478 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
5479 || (child->die_parent
5480 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
5482 for (p = &(child->die_parent->die_child); *p; p = &((*p)->die_sib))
5485 *p = child->die_sib;
5489 child->die_parent = parent;
5490 child->die_sib = parent->die_child;
5491 parent->die_child = child;
5494 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5496 static inline dw_die_ref
5497 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
5499 dw_die_ref die = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node));
5501 die->die_tag = tag_value;
5503 if (parent_die != NULL)
5504 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
5507 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
5509 limbo_node = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
5510 limbo_node->die = die;
5511 limbo_node->created_for = t;
5512 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
5513 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
5519 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5521 static inline dw_die_ref
5522 lookup_type_die (tree type)
5524 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
5527 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5530 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
5532 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
5535 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
5538 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
5540 return (hashval_t) ((const dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
5543 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
5546 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5548 return (((const dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const tree) y));
5551 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5553 static inline dw_die_ref
5554 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
5556 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5559 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
5562 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
5564 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
5567 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
5571 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5573 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const tree) y));
5576 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
5578 static inline var_loc_list *
5579 lookup_decl_loc (tree decl)
5581 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5584 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5587 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
5589 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5592 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5594 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
5597 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
5600 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, struct var_loc_node *loc)
5602 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5606 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5609 temp = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (var_loc_list));
5610 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
5618 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
5619 we have nothing to do. */
5620 if (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->last->var_loc_note),
5621 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note)))
5623 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
5624 temp->last->next = loc;
5628 /* Do not add empty location to the beginning of the list. */
5629 else if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
5636 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5637 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5638 the DIE internal representation. */
5639 static int print_indent;
5641 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5644 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
5646 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
5649 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5650 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5653 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
5658 print_spaces (outfile);
5659 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5660 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
5661 print_spaces (outfile);
5662 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
5663 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %lu\n", die->die_offset);
5665 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5667 print_spaces (outfile);
5668 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5670 switch (AT_class (a))
5672 case dw_val_class_addr:
5673 fprintf (outfile, "address");
5675 case dw_val_class_offset:
5676 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
5678 case dw_val_class_loc:
5679 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
5681 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5682 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
5683 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
5685 case dw_val_class_range_list:
5686 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
5688 case dw_val_class_const:
5689 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
5691 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5692 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
5694 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5695 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5696 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5697 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5699 case dw_val_class_vec:
5700 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
5702 case dw_val_class_flag:
5703 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
5705 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5706 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
5708 if (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol)
5709 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
5711 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
5714 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
5716 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5717 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5718 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
5720 case dw_val_class_str:
5721 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
5722 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
5724 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5730 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5733 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5736 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5737 print_die (c, outfile);
5741 if (print_indent == 0)
5742 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5745 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5746 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5749 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
5752 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
5754 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5755 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
5757 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
5758 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: ", i);
5759 fprintf (outfile, "%-20s",
5760 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, line_info->dw_file_num));
5761 fprintf (outfile, "%6ld", line_info->dw_line_num);
5762 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5765 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
5768 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5771 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
5773 print_die (die, stderr);
5776 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5777 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5783 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
5784 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
5785 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
5788 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5789 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5790 they are in order of addition. */
5793 reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref die)
5795 dw_die_ref c, cp, cn;
5796 dw_attr_ref a, ap, an;
5798 for (a = die->die_attr, ap = 0; a; a = an)
5800 an = a->dw_attr_next;
5801 a->dw_attr_next = ap;
5807 for (c = die->die_child, cp = 0; c; c = cn)
5814 die->die_child = cp;
5817 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5818 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5819 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5820 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5821 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5824 reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
5828 reverse_die_lists (die);
5830 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5831 reverse_all_dies (c);
5834 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5835 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5836 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5839 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
5841 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5842 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5844 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5848 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5851 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
5853 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5855 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5859 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5860 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5862 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5865 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5867 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5868 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5869 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5872 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5875 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5877 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5880 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
5882 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5883 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5884 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5885 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5886 || at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5889 switch (AT_class (at))
5891 case dw_val_class_const:
5892 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5894 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5895 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5897 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5898 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long);
5900 case dw_val_class_vec:
5901 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
5903 case dw_val_class_flag:
5904 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5906 case dw_val_class_str:
5907 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
5910 case dw_val_class_addr:
5912 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
5913 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
5916 case dw_val_class_offset:
5917 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
5920 case dw_val_class_loc:
5921 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5922 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
5925 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5926 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
5929 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5930 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5931 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5939 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5942 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5947 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5950 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
5953 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5955 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
5957 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5958 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
5960 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5961 die_checksum (c, ctx, mark);
5965 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5967 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5969 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
5971 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
5972 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
5973 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
5976 /* Do the values look the same? */
5978 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *v1, dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
5980 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
5983 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
5986 switch (v1->val_class)
5988 case dw_val_class_const:
5989 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
5990 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5991 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
5992 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5993 return v1->v.val_long_long.hi == v2->v.val_long_long.hi
5994 && v1->v.val_long_long.low == v2->v.val_long_long.low;
5995 case dw_val_class_vec:
5996 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
5997 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
5999 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
6000 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
6003 case dw_val_class_flag:
6004 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
6005 case dw_val_class_str:
6006 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
6008 case dw_val_class_addr:
6009 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
6010 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
6011 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
6013 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r1) == SYMBOL_REF);
6014 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1, 0), XSTR (r2, 0));
6016 case dw_val_class_offset:
6017 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
6019 case dw_val_class_loc:
6020 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
6022 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
6023 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
6025 return !loc1 && !loc2;
6027 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6028 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
6030 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6031 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6032 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6040 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
6043 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
6045 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
6048 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
6049 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
6050 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
6051 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
6052 || at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
6055 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
6058 /* Do the dies look the same? */
6061 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
6066 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
6068 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
6069 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
6071 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
6074 for (a1 = die1->die_attr, a2 = die2->die_attr;
6076 a1 = a1->dw_attr_next, a2 = a2->dw_attr_next)
6077 if (!same_attr_p (a1, a2, mark))
6082 for (c1 = die1->die_child, c2 = die2->die_child;
6084 c1 = c1->die_sib, c2 = c2->die_sib)
6085 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
6093 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
6096 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
6099 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
6101 unmark_all_dies (die1);
6102 unmark_all_dies (die2);
6107 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
6109 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
6111 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
6112 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
6114 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
6115 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
6118 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
6120 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
6121 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
6122 char *name = alloca (strlen (base) + 64);
6125 unsigned char checksum[16];
6128 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
6129 the name filename of the unit. */
6131 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
6133 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
6134 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
6135 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
6137 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
6138 clean_symbol_name (name);
6140 p = name + strlen (name);
6141 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
6143 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
6147 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
6148 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
6151 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
6154 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
6156 switch (die->die_tag)
6158 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6159 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6160 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6161 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6162 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6163 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6164 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6165 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6166 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6167 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6168 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6169 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6170 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6171 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6172 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6173 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6174 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6175 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6182 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
6183 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
6184 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
6185 compilations (functions). */
6188 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
6190 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
6191 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
6192 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
6193 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
6195 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
6198 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
6199 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
6200 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
6201 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
6203 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
6205 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
6208 return is_type_die (c);
6211 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
6212 compilation unit. */
6215 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
6217 return (is_type_die (c)
6218 || (get_AT (c, DW_AT_declaration)
6219 && !get_AT (c, DW_AT_specification)));
6223 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
6227 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
6228 return xstrdup (buf);
6231 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
6234 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
6238 if (is_symbol_die (die))
6240 if (comdat_symbol_id)
6242 char *p = alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
6244 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
6245 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
6246 die->die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
6249 die->die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
6252 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6253 assign_symbol_names (c);
6256 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6259 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
6260 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
6263 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6265 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
6267 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry = of;
6269 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_symbol);
6273 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
6275 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry1 = of1;
6276 const struct die_struct *entry2 = of2;
6278 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_symbol, entry2->die_symbol);
6282 htab_cu_del (void *what)
6284 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next, *entry = what;
6294 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6297 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
6299 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
6300 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
6302 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
6304 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6305 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6309 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
6311 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
6317 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
6321 entry = xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry));
6323 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
6324 entry->next = *slot;
6330 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6332 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
6334 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
6336 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6337 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6341 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
6344 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6345 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6346 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6349 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
6352 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
6353 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
6354 htab_t cu_hash_table;
6356 for (ptr = &(die->die_child); *ptr;)
6358 dw_die_ref c = *ptr;
6360 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6361 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
6363 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6366 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
6368 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
6371 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
6373 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
6377 add_child_die (unit, c);
6381 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
6382 ptr = &(c->die_sib);
6388 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6389 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6393 assign_symbol_names (die);
6394 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
6395 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
6401 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
6402 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6403 &comdat_symbol_number);
6404 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
6406 *pnode = node->next;
6409 pnode = &node->next;
6410 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6411 comdat_symbol_number);
6414 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
6417 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6418 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6419 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6422 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
6426 if (die->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
6427 && die->die_sib && die->die_child != NULL)
6428 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6429 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
6431 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6432 add_sibling_attributes (c);
6435 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6438 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
6443 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6444 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
6445 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr));
6447 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6448 output_location_lists (c);
6452 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6453 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6454 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6455 die are visited recursively. */
6458 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
6460 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6461 unsigned int n_alloc;
6463 dw_attr_ref d_attr, a_attr;
6465 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6466 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6467 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6468 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6469 && AT_ref (d_attr)->die_mark == 0)
6471 gcc_assert (AT_ref (d_attr)->die_symbol);
6473 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr, 1);
6476 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6478 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6480 if (abbrev->die_tag == die->die_tag)
6482 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) == (die->die_child != NULL))
6484 a_attr = abbrev->die_attr;
6485 d_attr = die->die_attr;
6487 while (a_attr != NULL && d_attr != NULL)
6489 if ((a_attr->dw_attr != d_attr->dw_attr)
6490 || (value_format (a_attr) != value_format (d_attr)))
6493 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next;
6494 d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next;
6497 if (a_attr == NULL && d_attr == NULL)
6503 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
6505 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
6507 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6508 abbrev_die_table = ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table,
6509 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
6511 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
6512 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6513 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
6516 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
6517 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
6520 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
6521 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6522 build_abbrev_table (c);
6525 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6528 constant_size (long unsigned int value)
6535 log = floor_log2 (value);
6538 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
6543 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6544 .debug_info section. */
6546 static unsigned long
6547 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
6549 unsigned long size = 0;
6552 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
6553 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6555 switch (AT_class (a))
6557 case dw_val_class_addr:
6558 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6560 case dw_val_class_offset:
6561 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6563 case dw_val_class_loc:
6565 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6568 size += constant_size (lsize);
6572 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6573 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6575 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6576 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6578 case dw_val_class_const:
6579 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
6581 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6582 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
6584 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6585 size += 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; /* block */
6587 case dw_val_class_vec:
6588 size += 1 + (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
6589 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size); /* block */
6591 case dw_val_class_flag:
6594 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6595 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6596 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6598 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6600 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6601 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6603 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6604 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6606 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6607 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6609 case dw_val_class_str:
6610 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6611 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6613 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
6623 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6624 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6625 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6626 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6629 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
6633 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
6634 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
6636 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6639 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6640 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6641 next_die_offset += 1;
6644 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6645 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6646 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6647 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6650 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6654 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
6657 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6661 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6664 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6668 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
6671 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6675 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6678 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6687 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6688 unmark_all_dies (c);
6690 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6691 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
6692 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
6695 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6696 compilation unit. */
6698 static unsigned long
6699 size_of_pubnames (void)
6704 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
6705 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
6707 pubname_ref p = &pubname_table[i];
6708 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + strlen (p->name) + 1;
6711 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6715 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6717 static unsigned long
6718 size_of_aranges (void)
6722 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
6724 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6725 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6726 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
6728 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6729 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6733 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6735 static enum dwarf_form
6736 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6738 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
6740 case dw_val_class_addr:
6741 return DW_FORM_addr;
6742 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6743 case dw_val_class_offset:
6744 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
6747 return DW_FORM_data4;
6749 return DW_FORM_data8;
6753 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6754 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6755 .debug_loc section */
6756 return DW_FORM_data4;
6757 case dw_val_class_loc:
6758 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
6761 return DW_FORM_block1;
6763 return DW_FORM_block2;
6767 case dw_val_class_const:
6768 return DW_FORM_sdata;
6769 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6770 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
6773 return DW_FORM_data1;
6775 return DW_FORM_data2;
6777 return DW_FORM_data4;
6779 return DW_FORM_data8;
6783 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6784 return DW_FORM_block1;
6785 case dw_val_class_vec:
6786 return DW_FORM_block1;
6787 case dw_val_class_flag:
6788 return DW_FORM_flag;
6789 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6790 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6791 return DW_FORM_ref_addr;
6794 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6795 return DW_FORM_data;
6796 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6797 return DW_FORM_addr;
6798 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6799 return DW_FORM_data;
6800 case dw_val_class_str:
6801 return AT_string_form (a);
6808 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6811 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6813 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
6815 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
6818 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6822 output_abbrev_section (void)
6824 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6828 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6830 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6832 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
6833 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
6834 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
6836 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
6837 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
6839 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
6841 for (a_attr = abbrev->die_attr; a_attr != NULL;
6842 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next)
6844 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
6845 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
6846 output_value_format (a_attr);
6849 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6850 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6853 /* Terminate the table. */
6854 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6857 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6860 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
6862 char *sym = die->die_symbol;
6867 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
6868 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6869 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6871 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
6873 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
6876 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6877 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6878 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6880 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6881 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
6882 const char *section, unsigned int gensym)
6884 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node));
6886 retlist->begin = begin;
6888 retlist->expr = expr;
6889 retlist->section = section;
6891 retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6896 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6899 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr,
6900 const char *begin, const char *end,
6901 const char *section)
6905 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6906 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
6909 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6910 *d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
6914 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
6920 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
6921 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = true;
6922 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = cfun->hot_section_label;
6923 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = cfun->hot_section_end_label;
6924 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = cfun->cold_section_label;
6925 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = cfun->cold_section_end_label;
6926 have_switched_text_section = true;
6929 /* Output the location list given to us. */
6932 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
6934 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
6936 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
6938 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
6939 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
6942 if (!separate_line_info_table_in_use && !have_switched_text_section)
6944 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
6945 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6946 list_head->ll_symbol);
6947 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
6948 "Location list end address (%s)",
6949 list_head->ll_symbol);
6953 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
6954 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6955 list_head->ll_symbol);
6956 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
6957 "Location list end address (%s)",
6958 list_head->ll_symbol);
6960 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
6962 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6963 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
6964 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
6966 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
6969 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
6970 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6971 list_head->ll_symbol);
6972 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
6973 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6974 list_head->ll_symbol);
6977 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6978 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6981 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
6987 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6988 them to point to. */
6989 if (die->die_symbol)
6990 output_die_symbol (die);
6992 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6993 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
6995 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6997 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
6999 switch (AT_class (a))
7001 case dw_val_class_addr:
7002 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
7005 case dw_val_class_offset:
7006 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
7010 case dw_val_class_range_list:
7012 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
7014 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
7015 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
7016 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
7022 case dw_val_class_loc:
7023 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
7025 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
7026 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
7028 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
7031 case dw_val_class_const:
7032 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
7033 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
7034 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
7035 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
7038 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
7039 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
7040 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
7043 case dw_val_class_long_long:
7045 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
7047 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
7048 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7051 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
7053 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
7054 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
7058 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
7059 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
7062 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7063 first, "long long constant");
7064 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7069 case dw_val_class_vec:
7071 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
7072 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
7076 dw2_asm_output_data (1, len * elt_size, "%s", name);
7077 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
7082 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
7085 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
7086 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
7090 case dw_val_class_flag:
7091 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
7094 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
7096 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
7099 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
7103 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
7104 if (AT_ref_external (a))
7106 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_symbol;
7109 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
7113 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
7114 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
7119 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
7123 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
7124 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
7125 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, "%s", name);
7129 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
7130 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
7133 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
7134 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
7137 case dw_val_class_str:
7138 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
7139 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
7140 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
7141 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
7143 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
7151 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
7154 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
7155 if (die->die_child != NULL)
7156 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
7160 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
7161 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
7164 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
7166 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7167 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7168 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7169 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
7170 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
7171 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
7172 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF version number");
7173 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
7174 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
7175 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
7178 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
7181 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
7183 const char *secname;
7186 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
7187 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
7190 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
7191 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
7192 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
7193 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
7194 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
7197 build_abbrev_table (die);
7199 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
7200 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
7201 calc_die_sizes (die);
7203 oldsym = die->die_symbol;
7206 tmp = alloca (strlen (oldsym) + 24);
7208 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
7210 die->die_symbol = NULL;
7211 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
7214 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
7216 /* Output debugging information. */
7217 output_compilation_unit_header ();
7220 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
7225 die->die_symbol = oldsym;
7229 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
7230 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
7231 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
7234 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
7236 return lang_hooks.decl_printable_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
7239 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
7242 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7246 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
7249 if (pubname_table_in_use == pubname_table_allocated)
7251 pubname_table_allocated += PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7253 = ggc_realloc (pubname_table,
7254 (pubname_table_allocated * sizeof (pubname_entry)));
7255 memset (pubname_table + pubname_table_in_use, 0,
7256 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (pubname_entry));
7259 p = &pubname_table[pubname_table_in_use++];
7261 p->name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
7264 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7265 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
7266 visible procedures. */
7269 output_pubnames (void)
7272 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames ();
7274 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7275 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7276 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7277 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
7278 "Length of Public Names Info");
7279 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7280 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7281 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7282 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
7283 "Compilation Unit Length");
7285 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
7287 pubname_ref pub = &pubname_table[i];
7289 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7290 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
7292 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
7295 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
7298 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7301 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7304 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7306 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
7309 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
7311 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7312 arange_table = ggc_realloc (arange_table,
7313 (arange_table_allocated
7314 * sizeof (dw_die_ref)));
7315 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
7316 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
7319 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
7322 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7323 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7324 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7327 output_aranges (void)
7330 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
7332 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7333 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7334 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7335 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
7336 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7337 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7338 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7339 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7340 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
7341 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7343 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7344 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
7346 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7348 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7349 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7350 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
7351 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
7354 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
7355 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
7356 text_section_label, "Length");
7357 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
7359 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
7361 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
7362 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
7365 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
7367 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
7369 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7370 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
7372 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
7374 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
7376 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
7377 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
7381 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7382 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7383 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7384 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
7385 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
7387 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7390 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
7392 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7393 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
7394 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7395 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
7400 /* Output the terminator words. */
7401 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7402 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7405 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7409 add_ranges (tree block)
7411 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
7413 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
7415 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7417 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table, (ranges_table_allocated
7418 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct)));
7419 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
7420 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
7423 ranges_table[in_use].block_num = (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
7424 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
7426 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7430 output_ranges (void)
7433 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
7434 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
7436 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
7438 int block_num = ranges_table[i].block_num;
7442 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7443 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7445 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
7446 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
7448 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7449 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7450 base of the text section. */
7451 if (!separate_line_info_table_in_use && !have_switched_text_section)
7453 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7455 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7456 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
7457 text_section_label, NULL);
7460 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7461 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7462 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7463 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7466 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7467 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7468 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
7475 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7476 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7482 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7485 char *path; /* Complete file name. */
7486 char *fname; /* File name part. */
7487 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
7488 int file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
7489 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
7492 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7496 char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
7497 int length; /* Path length. */
7498 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7499 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7500 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7501 int used; /* Used in the end? */
7504 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7505 the directories in the path. */
7508 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
7510 const struct file_info *s1 = p1;
7511 const struct file_info *s2 = p2;
7515 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7516 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7517 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7518 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7519 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7520 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
7521 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
7523 cp1 = (unsigned char *) s1->path;
7524 cp2 = (unsigned char *) s2->path;
7530 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7531 if ((cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname)
7532 || (cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname))
7533 return ((cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname)
7534 - (cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname));
7536 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7537 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
7542 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7543 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7544 slowdowns with many input files. */
7547 output_file_names (void)
7549 struct file_info *files;
7550 struct dir_info *dirs;
7559 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7560 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) <= 1)
7562 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7563 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7567 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7568 files = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (struct file_info));
7569 dirs = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (struct dir_info));
7571 /* Sort the file names. */
7572 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7576 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7577 f = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i);
7578 while (f[0] == '.' && f[1] == '/')
7581 /* Create a new array entry. */
7583 files[i].length = strlen (f);
7584 files[i].file_idx = i;
7586 /* Search for the file name part. */
7587 f = strrchr (f, '/');
7588 files[i].fname = f == NULL ? files[i].path : f + 1;
7591 qsort (files + 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) - 1,
7592 sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
7594 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7595 dirs[0].path = files[1].path;
7596 dirs[0].length = files[1].fname - files[1].path;
7597 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
7599 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
7601 files[1].dir_idx = 0;
7604 for (i = 2; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7605 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
7606 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
7607 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
7609 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7610 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
7611 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
7617 /* This is a new directory. */
7618 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
7619 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
7620 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
7621 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
7622 dirs[ndirs].used = 0;
7623 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
7625 /* Search for a prefix. */
7626 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
7627 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
7628 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
7629 && dirs[j].length > 1
7630 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
7631 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
7632 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
7633 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
7638 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7639 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7640 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7641 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7642 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7643 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7644 saved = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7645 savehere = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7647 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
7648 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
7653 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7654 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7655 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
7656 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
7658 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
7661 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
7663 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7668 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
7673 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7674 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7676 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
7677 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
7682 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7684 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
7686 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7687 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
7688 if (savehere[j] > 0)
7690 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7691 saved[j] = savehere[j];
7693 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7694 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
7699 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7700 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7701 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7702 backmap = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (int));
7703 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7705 backmap[files[i].file_idx] = i;
7707 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7708 dirs[dirs[files[i].dir_idx].dir_idx].used = 1;
7711 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7712 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7713 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7714 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7715 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7717 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
7718 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
7719 if (dirs[i].used != 0)
7721 dirs[i].used = idx++;
7722 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, dirs[i].length - 1,
7723 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs[i].used);
7726 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7728 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7730 if (idx_offset == 0)
7733 /* Now write all the file names. */
7734 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7736 int file_idx = backmap[i];
7737 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
7739 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
7740 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i);
7742 /* Include directory index. */
7743 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs[dir_idx].used, NULL);
7745 /* Modification time. */
7746 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7748 /* File length in bytes. */
7749 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7752 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7756 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7757 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7760 output_line_info (void)
7762 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
7763 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7764 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7767 unsigned long lt_index;
7768 unsigned long current_line;
7771 unsigned long current_file;
7772 unsigned long function;
7774 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
7775 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
7776 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
7777 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
7779 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7780 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7781 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7782 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
7783 "Length of Source Line Info");
7784 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
7786 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7787 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
7788 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
7790 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7791 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7792 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7793 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7794 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7795 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7796 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7797 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7798 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7799 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7801 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
7802 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7803 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
7804 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7805 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
7806 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7807 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
7808 "Special Opcode Base");
7810 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
7814 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
7815 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
7816 case DW_LNS_set_file:
7817 case DW_LNS_set_column:
7818 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
7826 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7830 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7831 output_file_names ();
7832 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
7834 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7835 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7836 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7838 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7839 a series of state machine operations. */
7843 if (cfun && unlikely_text_section_p (last_text_section))
7844 strcpy (prev_line_label, cfun->cold_section_label);
7846 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
7847 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
7849 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
7852 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7853 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7856 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7857 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7858 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7859 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7860 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
7864 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7866 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7867 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7868 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7869 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7870 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7871 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7873 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
7876 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7877 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7878 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7879 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7883 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7884 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7885 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7886 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7887 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7888 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7891 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7893 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7894 different from the previous line. */
7895 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7897 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7898 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7899 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7900 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7904 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7905 that uses the least amount of space. */
7906 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7908 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7909 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7910 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7911 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7912 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7913 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7915 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7916 "line %lu", current_line);
7919 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7920 depending on the value being encoded. */
7921 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7922 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7923 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7924 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7928 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7929 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7932 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7935 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7936 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7937 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7941 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7942 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7943 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7944 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
7947 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7948 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7949 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7954 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
7956 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7957 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
7960 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7961 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7962 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
7963 && line_info->function == function)
7967 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7968 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7969 to handle it differently. */
7970 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
7972 if (function != line_info->function)
7974 function = line_info->function;
7976 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
7977 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7978 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7979 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7980 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7984 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7987 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7988 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7989 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7993 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7994 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7995 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7996 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
8000 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
8002 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
8003 different from the previous line. */
8004 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
8006 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
8007 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
8008 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
8009 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
8013 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
8014 that uses the least amount of space. */
8015 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
8017 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
8018 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
8019 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
8020 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
8021 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
8022 "line %lu", current_line);
8025 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
8026 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
8027 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
8028 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
8032 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
8040 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
8041 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
8042 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
8047 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
8048 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
8051 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
8052 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8053 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
8057 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8058 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8059 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8060 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
8063 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
8064 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
8065 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
8066 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
8070 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
8071 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
8074 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
8075 a DIE that describes the given type.
8077 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
8078 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
8081 base_type_die (tree type)
8083 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
8084 const char *type_name;
8085 enum dwarf_type encoding;
8086 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8088 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
8093 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
8094 name = DECL_NAME (name);
8096 type_name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name);
8099 type_name = "__unknown__";
8101 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8104 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
8105 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
8106 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
8108 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
8109 && (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type) == char_type_node
8110 || ! strcmp (type_name, "signed char")
8111 || ! strcmp (type_name, "unsigned char"))))
8113 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
8114 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
8116 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
8119 /* else fall through. */
8122 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
8123 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
8124 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
8126 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
8130 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
8133 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
8134 a user defined type for it. */
8136 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
8137 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
8139 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
8143 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
8144 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
8148 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
8152 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8153 if (demangle_name_func)
8154 type_name = (*demangle_name_func) (type_name);
8156 add_AT_string (base_type_result, DW_AT_name, type_name);
8157 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
8158 int_size_in_bytes (type));
8159 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
8161 return base_type_result;
8164 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
8165 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
8166 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
8167 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
8168 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
8169 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
8170 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
8171 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
8174 root_type (tree type)
8176 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
8177 return error_mark_node;
8179 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8182 return error_mark_node;
8185 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
8186 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type)));
8189 return type_main_variant (type);
8193 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
8194 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
8197 is_base_type (tree type)
8199 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8213 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
8218 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
8231 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8232 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8233 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8234 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8237 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8238 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type)
8240 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
8241 return BITS_PER_WORD;
8242 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
8244 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
8245 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
8247 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
8250 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
8251 emitted as a subrange type. */
8254 is_subrange_type (tree type)
8256 tree subtype = TREE_TYPE (type);
8258 /* Subrange types are identified by the fact that they are integer
8259 types, and that they have a subtype which is either an integer type
8260 or an enumeral type. */
8262 if (TREE_CODE (type) != INTEGER_TYPE
8263 || subtype == NULL_TREE)
8266 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) != INTEGER_TYPE
8267 && TREE_CODE (subtype) != ENUMERAL_TYPE)
8270 if (TREE_CODE (type) == TREE_CODE (subtype)
8271 && int_size_in_bytes (type) == int_size_in_bytes (subtype)
8272 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL
8273 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8274 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type), TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype))
8275 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL
8276 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8277 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type), TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype)))
8279 /* The type and its subtype have the same representation. If in
8280 addition the two types also have the same name, then the given
8281 type is not a subrange type, but rather a plain base type. */
8282 /* FIXME: brobecker/2004-03-22:
8283 Sizetype INTEGER_CSTs nodes are canonicalized. It should
8284 therefore be sufficient to check the TYPE_SIZE node pointers
8285 rather than checking the actual size. Unfortunately, we have
8286 found some cases, such as in the Ada "integer" type, where
8287 this is not the case. Until this problem is solved, we need to
8288 keep checking the actual size. */
8289 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8290 tree subtype_name = TYPE_NAME (subtype);
8292 if (type_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (type_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8293 type_name = DECL_NAME (type_name);
8295 if (subtype_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (subtype_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8296 subtype_name = DECL_NAME (subtype_name);
8298 if (type_name == subtype_name)
8305 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
8306 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
8309 subrange_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
8311 dw_die_ref subtype_die;
8312 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
8313 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8314 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
8315 tree subtype = TREE_TYPE (type);
8317 if (context_die == NULL)
8318 context_die = comp_unit_die;
8320 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
8321 subtype_die = gen_enumeration_type_die (subtype, context_die);
8323 subtype_die = base_type_die (subtype);
8325 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
8329 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
8330 name = DECL_NAME (name);
8331 add_name_attribute (subrange_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
8334 if (int_size_in_bytes (subtype) != size_in_bytes)
8336 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
8337 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
8338 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
8341 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8342 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
8343 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type));
8344 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8345 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
8346 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type));
8347 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, DW_AT_type, subtype_die);
8349 return subrange_die;
8352 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
8353 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
8356 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
8357 dw_die_ref context_die)
8359 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
8360 dw_die_ref mod_type_die = NULL;
8361 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
8362 tree item_type = NULL;
8364 if (code != ERROR_MARK)
8366 tree qualified_type;
8368 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8371 = get_qualified_type (type,
8372 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
8374 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
8376 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8379 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8381 return mod_type_die;
8384 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8385 if (qualified_type && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
8386 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL
8387 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
8389 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (qualified_type);
8390 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (type_name);
8392 if (qualified_type == dtype)
8394 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8395 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
8396 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8398 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
8399 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype))
8400 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8401 type to which it refers. */
8403 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name),
8404 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
8407 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8413 else if (is_const_type)
8415 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8416 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
8418 else if (is_volatile_type)
8420 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8421 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
8423 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
8425 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8426 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8427 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8429 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
8431 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8433 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
8435 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8436 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8437 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8439 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
8441 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8443 else if (is_subrange_type (type))
8444 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, context_die);
8445 else if (is_base_type (type))
8446 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
8449 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
8451 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8452 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8453 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8454 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8455 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8457 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
8458 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
8460 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8461 not the main variant. */
8462 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
8463 gcc_assert (mod_type_die);
8466 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
8467 type = qualified_type;
8471 equate_type_number_to_die (type, mod_type_die);
8473 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8474 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8475 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8476 types are possible in Ada. */
8477 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
8478 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
8479 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
8482 if (sub_die != NULL)
8483 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
8485 return mod_type_die;
8488 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8489 an enumerated type. */
8492 type_is_enum (tree type)
8494 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
8497 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
8500 dbx_reg_number (rtx rtl)
8502 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
8504 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
8506 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8507 regno = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
8510 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
8513 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
8514 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
8515 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
8518 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
8520 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8522 if (*list_head != NULL)
8524 /* Find the end of the chain. */
8525 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8528 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
8529 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
8533 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8534 zero if there is none. */
8536 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8537 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
8541 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8544 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
8546 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
8547 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs);
8549 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl));
8552 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8553 a given hard register number. */
8555 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8556 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno)
8559 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + regno, 0, 0);
8561 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
8564 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8565 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8567 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8568 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs)
8572 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8575 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8576 reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
8578 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
8579 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
8581 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8582 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
8584 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
8591 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg));
8592 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8593 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
8599 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8601 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
8603 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8606 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
8610 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)));
8611 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8612 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8613 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
8618 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8620 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8621 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
8623 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8625 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8626 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8630 op = DW_OP_lit0 + i;
8633 else if (i <= 0xffff)
8635 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8645 else if (i >= -0x8000)
8647 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8648 || i >= -0x80000000)
8654 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
8657 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8659 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8660 based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
8664 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
8665 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
8666 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
8667 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
8668 if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
8670 rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
8674 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
8676 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
8677 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
8679 gcc_assert (elim == (frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
8680 : stack_pointer_rtx));
8681 offset += frame_pointer_cfa_offset;
8683 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
8687 regno = dbx_reg_number (reg);
8689 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + regno, offset, 0);
8691 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
8694 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8697 is_based_loc (rtx rtl)
8699 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
8700 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
8701 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8702 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
8705 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8706 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8707 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8708 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8710 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8711 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8712 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8713 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8715 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8716 autoincrement addressing modes.
8718 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
8719 location list for RTL.
8721 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8723 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8724 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode)
8726 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
8727 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8729 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8730 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8731 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8732 zeroth element of the array. */
8734 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
8736 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8741 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8742 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8744 /* ... fall through ... */
8747 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8748 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8749 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8750 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8751 contains the given subreg. */
8752 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8754 /* ... fall through ... */
8757 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8758 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8759 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8760 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8761 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8762 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8763 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8764 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8765 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8766 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8767 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8768 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8769 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8770 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8771 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0);
8775 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
8776 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
8777 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
8781 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8783 /* ... fall through ... */
8786 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8787 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8791 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8792 by a different symbol. */
8793 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
8796 rtx tmp = get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
8798 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SYMBOL_REF)
8801 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp))
8802 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp, &marked);
8807 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8808 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8809 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8810 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8815 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8816 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8817 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8818 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
8822 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8824 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8829 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8831 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
8832 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
8833 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
8834 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
8836 /* ... fall through ... */
8840 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
8841 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
8842 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
8845 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8846 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
8849 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT
8850 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) >= 0)
8851 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8852 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
8853 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), 0));
8856 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8857 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode));
8858 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8859 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8864 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8865 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
8884 dw_loc_descr_ref op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8885 dw_loc_descr_ref op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode);
8887 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
8890 mem_loc_result = op0;
8891 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
8892 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
8897 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
8904 return mem_loc_result;
8907 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8908 This is typically a complex variable. */
8910 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8911 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1)
8913 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
8914 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref = loc_descriptor (x0);
8915 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref = loc_descriptor (x1);
8917 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
8920 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
8921 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
8923 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
8924 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
8926 return cc_loc_result;
8929 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8930 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8931 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8932 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8933 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8935 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8937 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8938 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
8940 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8942 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8945 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8946 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8947 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8948 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8949 contains the given subreg. */
8950 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
8952 /* ... fall through ... */
8955 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl);
8959 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
8963 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1));
8968 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != PARALLEL)
8970 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 1), 0));
8974 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8979 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
8980 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
8981 enum machine_mode mode;
8984 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
8985 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
8986 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
8987 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
8988 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
8990 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
8992 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
8993 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
8994 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
8995 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
9007 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
9008 up particularly with variable length arrays. WANT_ADDRESS is 2 if this is
9009 a top-level invocation of loc_descriptor_from_tree; is 1 if this is not a
9010 top-level invocation, and we require the address of LOC; is 0 if we require
9011 the value of LOC. */
9013 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9014 loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree loc, int want_address)
9016 dw_loc_descr_ref ret, ret1;
9017 int have_address = 0;
9018 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
9019 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9021 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
9022 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
9025 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
9030 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
9031 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
9032 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
9033 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
9034 the names of types. */
9040 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
9041 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
9042 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
9043 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
9044 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
9048 /* If we already want an address, there's nothing we can do. */
9052 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
9053 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
9056 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
9060 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
9061 if (!targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
9064 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
9065 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
9066 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc))
9069 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
9070 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9075 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9076 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
9079 ret = new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr, 0, 0);
9080 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
9081 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
9083 ret1 = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
9084 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
9092 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
9093 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
9099 rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
9101 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9103 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_INT)
9105 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9106 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
9107 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
9108 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
9110 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
9112 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl))
9114 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
9115 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
9116 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
9120 enum machine_mode mode;
9122 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
9123 if (want_address == 2)
9124 return loc_descriptor (rtl);
9126 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9129 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9132 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
9138 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9143 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
9147 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
9148 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
9151 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address);
9156 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
9159 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
9160 enum machine_mode mode;
9163 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
9164 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
9169 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (obj, 1);
9171 || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
9174 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
9176 /* Variable offset. */
9177 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (offset, 0));
9178 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9181 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9183 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
9184 else if (bytepos < 0)
9186 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos));
9187 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9195 if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
9196 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
9203 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
9204 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
9205 enum machine_mode mode;
9207 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
9209 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9210 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9211 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
9216 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
9217 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
9222 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
9228 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
9233 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
9235 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
9236 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
9244 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
9246 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
9247 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
9260 op = (unsignedp ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
9264 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
9265 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
9267 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9271 add_loc_descr (&ret,
9272 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
9273 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1),
9283 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9290 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9297 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9304 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9319 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9320 ret1 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9321 if (ret == 0 || ret1 == 0)
9324 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
9325 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9328 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
9342 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9346 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9352 const enum tree_code code =
9353 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
9355 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
9356 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
9357 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
9358 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
9361 /* ... fall through ... */
9365 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
9366 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9367 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
9368 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
9369 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
9371 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9372 if (ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
9375 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
9376 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
9378 add_loc_descr (&ret, rhs);
9379 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
9380 add_loc_descr (&ret, jump_node);
9382 add_loc_descr (&ret, lhs);
9383 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9384 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
9386 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
9387 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
9388 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
9389 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9390 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
9394 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
9396 case FIX_FLOOR_EXPR:
9397 case FIX_ROUND_EXPR:
9401 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
9402 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
9403 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
9404 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
9407 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
9408 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
9409 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
9412 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
9413 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
9418 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
9419 if (want_address && !have_address)
9422 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
9423 if (!want_address && have_address)
9425 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
9427 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
9429 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
9432 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
9434 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
9440 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
9441 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc)
9443 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (loc, 2);
9446 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
9447 which is not less than the value itself. */
9449 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9450 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
9452 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
9455 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
9456 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
9457 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
9461 field_type (tree decl)
9465 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9466 return integer_type_node;
9468 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
9469 if (type == NULL_TREE)
9470 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9475 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
9476 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
9477 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
9479 static inline unsigned
9480 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type)
9482 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9485 static inline unsigned
9486 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl)
9488 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9491 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
9492 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
9493 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
9494 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
9495 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
9498 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9499 field_byte_offset (tree decl)
9501 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
9502 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
9503 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
9504 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
9506 tree field_size_tree;
9507 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
9508 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
9509 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
9511 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9514 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
9516 type = field_type (decl);
9517 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
9519 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
9520 a flexible array member. */
9521 if (! field_size_tree)
9522 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
9524 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
9525 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
9526 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
9527 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
9530 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
9532 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
9533 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
9534 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
9536 field_size_in_bits = BITS_PER_WORD;
9538 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
9539 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
9540 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
9542 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
9543 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
9544 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
9545 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
9546 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
9547 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
9548 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
9549 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
9551 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
9553 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
9554 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
9555 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
9556 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
9557 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
9558 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9559 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9560 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9561 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9562 bits of the bit-field itself.
9564 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9565 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9566 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9567 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9568 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9569 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9570 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9571 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9572 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9574 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9575 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9576 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9577 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9578 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9579 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9581 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9582 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9583 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
9585 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9586 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9587 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9589 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9590 object_offset_in_bits += type_align_in_bits - 1;
9591 object_offset_in_bits /= type_align_in_bits;
9592 object_offset_in_bits *= type_align_in_bits;
9594 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
9596 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9597 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9599 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9600 object_offset_in_bits += decl_align_in_bits - 1;
9601 object_offset_in_bits /= decl_align_in_bits;
9602 object_offset_in_bits *= decl_align_in_bits;
9605 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9608 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9609 associated with them. */
9611 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9613 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9614 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9615 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9618 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
9619 dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
9622 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr);
9625 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9626 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9627 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9628 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9629 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9630 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9633 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9634 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9635 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9636 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9637 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9638 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9639 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9640 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9641 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9645 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
9647 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
9648 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
9650 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
9652 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9653 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
9655 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9656 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9657 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9658 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9660 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9662 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9664 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
9666 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9667 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
9668 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9670 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9671 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9672 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9674 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9675 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
9676 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
9678 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
9679 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9680 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
9681 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9683 /* Extract the offset. */
9684 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9685 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9687 /* Add it to the object address. */
9688 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
9689 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9692 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
9695 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
9699 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9701 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9702 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9703 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9705 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9706 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9707 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9711 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
9714 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
9717 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
9720 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
9723 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
9727 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
9733 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
9735 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9736 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
9738 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
9744 val |= *--src & 0xff;
9750 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
9753 insert_float (rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
9759 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
9760 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
9762 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
9763 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
9765 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
9770 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9771 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9772 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9773 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9774 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9777 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
9779 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9783 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9786 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
9788 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
9793 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9794 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9795 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9796 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9798 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9800 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
9802 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
9803 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length);
9805 insert_float (rtl, array);
9806 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
9810 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9811 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
9813 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
9814 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
9821 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9822 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
9823 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
9824 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length * elt_size);
9828 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
9830 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
9831 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
9833 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
9834 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
9836 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
9844 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
9845 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
9852 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
9853 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
9856 unsigned char *p0 = p;
9857 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
9859 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
9860 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
9865 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
9866 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
9871 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
9872 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
9874 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
9875 insert_float (elt, p);
9883 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
9888 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
9894 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, rtl);
9895 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
9899 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9900 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9901 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9902 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9903 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9904 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9905 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9906 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9907 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9908 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9909 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9913 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9919 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
9920 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
9923 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
9927 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9928 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9929 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
9931 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
9932 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
9933 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
9935 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
9937 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
9938 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
9939 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
9940 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
9941 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
9942 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
9943 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
9945 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9946 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9947 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9948 /* Aggregate, vector, and complex types may contain constructors that may
9949 result in code being generated when expand_expr is called, so we can't
9950 handle them here. Integer and float are useful and safe types to handle
9952 else if ((INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type) || SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (type))
9953 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type) == null_pointer_node)
9955 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
9957 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9958 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
9964 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
9967 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
9971 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9972 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9973 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9975 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9976 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9977 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9978 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9979 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9980 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9981 referenced within the function.
9983 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9984 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9985 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9986 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9988 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9989 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9990 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9991 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9992 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9993 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9995 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9996 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9997 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9998 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9999 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
10000 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
10001 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
10002 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
10003 output at debug-time.
10005 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
10006 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
10007 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
10008 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
10009 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
10010 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
10011 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
10012 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
10013 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
10014 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
10015 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
10016 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
10017 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
10019 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
10020 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
10021 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
10022 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
10023 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
10024 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
10025 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
10026 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
10027 I'd like to fix it.
10029 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
10030 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
10031 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
10032 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
10033 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
10034 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
10035 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
10036 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
10037 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
10038 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
10039 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
10041 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
10042 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
10044 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
10045 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
10046 fixed registers. */
10047 if (! reload_completed)
10050 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
10052 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
10054 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
10055 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
10057 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
10062 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
10064 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
10066 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10067 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
10068 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
10069 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
10071 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
10072 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
10073 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
10074 if (dmode == pmode)
10075 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
10076 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
10077 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
10078 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
10080 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
10083 else if (MEM_P (inc))
10085 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10086 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
10087 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
10088 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
10095 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
10096 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
10097 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
10098 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
10099 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
10100 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
10102 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
10103 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
10104 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
10105 /* Not passed in memory. */
10106 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
10107 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
10108 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
10109 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10110 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
10111 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10112 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
10115 /* Big endian correction check. */
10116 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10117 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
10118 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
10121 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
10122 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
10124 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10125 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
10128 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
10131 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
10132 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10134 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
10135 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
10137 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
10138 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
10139 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
10140 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
10141 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
10142 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
10144 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10145 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
10148 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
10149 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
10150 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
10151 if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
10152 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
10155 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
10157 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
10158 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
10159 code, and thus is not emitted. */
10161 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
10166 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
10167 address ranges where a given location is valid.
10168 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
10169 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
10170 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
10171 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
10173 static const char *
10174 secname_for_decl (tree decl)
10176 const char *secname;
10178 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
10180 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
10181 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10183 else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
10185 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
10186 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10188 else if (cfun && unlikely_text_section_p (last_text_section))
10189 secname = cfun->cold_section_label;
10191 secname = text_section_label;
10196 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
10197 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
10198 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
10199 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
10200 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
10201 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
10202 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
10203 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
10204 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
10205 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
10208 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
10209 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
10212 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
10213 var_loc_list *loc_list;
10214 struct var_loc_node *node;
10215 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
10218 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
10219 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
10221 /* See if we possibly have multiple locations for this variable. */
10222 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
10224 /* If it truly has multiple locations, the first and last node will
10226 if (loc_list && loc_list->first != loc_list->last)
10228 const char *endname, *secname;
10229 dw_loc_list_ref list;
10232 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
10233 actually construct the list of locations.
10234 The first location information is what is passed to the
10235 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
10236 locations just get added on to that list.
10237 Note that we only know the start address for a location
10238 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
10239 the range [current location start, next location start].
10240 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
10241 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
10243 node = loc_list->first;
10244 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10245 secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
10247 list = new_loc_list (loc_descriptor (varloc),
10248 node->label, node->next->label, secname, 1);
10251 for (; node->next; node = node->next)
10252 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10254 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
10255 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
10256 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10257 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list, loc_descriptor (varloc),
10258 node->label, node->next->label, secname);
10261 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
10262 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
10263 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10265 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10267 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10268 if (!current_function_decl)
10269 endname = text_end_label;
10272 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
10273 current_function_funcdef_no);
10274 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
10276 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list, loc_descriptor (varloc),
10277 node->label, endname, secname);
10280 /* Finally, add the location list to the DIE, and we are done. */
10281 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr, list);
10285 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
10288 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
10289 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING))
10291 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
10295 /* If we have tried to generate the location otherwise, and it
10296 didn't work out (we wouldn't be here if we did), and we have a one entry
10297 location list, try generating a location from that. */
10298 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
10300 node = loc_list->first;
10301 descr = loc_descriptor (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note));
10304 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10309 /* We couldn't get any rtl, so try directly generating the location
10310 description from the tree. */
10311 descr = loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl);
10314 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10319 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
10320 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
10321 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
10324 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
10326 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
10327 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10330 if (TREE_READONLY (decl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) && init)
10335 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
10337 add_const_value_attribute (var_die, rtl);
10340 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
10341 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a location
10342 list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting a dwarf2
10343 consumer that does not support the dwarf3 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. */
10345 static dw_loc_list_ref
10346 convert_cfa_to_loc_list (void)
10349 dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
10351 dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
10352 const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
10354 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
10356 section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
10360 next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
10361 next_cfa.offset = 0;
10362 next_cfa.indirect = 0;
10363 next_cfa.base_offset = 0;
10365 start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
10367 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
10368 advance opcodes. */
10369 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
10370 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa);
10372 last_cfa = next_cfa;
10373 last_label = start_label;
10375 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
10376 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
10378 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
10379 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
10380 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
10381 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
10383 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa), start_label,
10384 last_label, section, list == NULL);
10386 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
10387 last_cfa = next_cfa;
10388 start_label = last_label;
10390 last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
10393 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
10394 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
10395 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
10396 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
10397 /* We don't handle these two in this function. It would be possible
10398 if it were to be required. */
10399 gcc_unreachable ();
10402 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa);
10406 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
10408 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa), start_label,
10409 last_label, section, list == NULL);
10410 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
10411 start_label = last_label;
10413 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa), start_label,
10414 fde->dw_fde_end, section, list == NULL);
10419 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
10420 the CFA, and store it in frame_pointer_cfa_offset. */
10423 compute_frame_pointer_to_cfa_displacement (void)
10425 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
10428 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
10429 reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
10430 offset = FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
10432 reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
10433 offset = ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
10436 elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
10437 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
10439 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
10440 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
10442 gcc_assert (elim == (frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
10443 : stack_pointer_rtx));
10445 frame_pointer_cfa_offset = -offset;
10449 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
10450 the value of the attribute. */
10453 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
10455 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
10457 if (demangle_name_func)
10458 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
10460 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
10464 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
10467 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
10469 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
10471 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
10474 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
10475 a representation for that bound. */
10478 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
10480 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
10485 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
10487 if (! host_integerp (bound, 0)
10488 || (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
10489 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
10490 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound)))))
10491 /* Use the default. */
10494 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, tree_low_cst (bound, 0));
10499 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
10500 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
10501 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
10511 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
10513 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
10514 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
10515 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
10516 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
10517 later parameter. */
10518 if (decl_die != NULL)
10519 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
10525 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
10526 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
10528 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
10529 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
10531 loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound);
10535 if (current_function_decl == 0)
10536 ctx = comp_unit_die;
10538 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
10540 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
10541 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10542 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
10543 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
10545 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
10551 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
10552 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
10555 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type)
10557 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10558 unsigned dimension_number;
10561 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
10563 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
10564 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
10565 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
10566 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
10567 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
10568 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
10569 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
10570 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
10572 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10573 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10574 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10575 gen_array_type_die. */
10576 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10577 for (dimension_number = 0;
10578 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
10579 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
10582 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
10584 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
10585 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
10587 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
10590 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
10591 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
10592 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
10594 /* Define the index type. */
10595 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
10597 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
10598 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
10599 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
10600 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
10601 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
10602 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
10603 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
10606 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
10610 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
10611 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
10613 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
10614 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
10615 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
10617 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
10619 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
10622 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
10623 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
10629 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
10633 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
10638 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
10641 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
10642 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
10645 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
10646 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
10647 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
10648 even for bit-fields. */
10649 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
10652 gcc_unreachable ();
10655 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
10656 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
10657 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
10658 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
10659 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
10662 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
10663 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
10664 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
10667 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
10668 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
10669 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
10670 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
10671 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
10672 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
10674 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
10675 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
10676 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
10679 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10681 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
10682 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
10683 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
10684 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
10685 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
10686 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
10688 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10689 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
10691 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
10692 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
10693 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
10694 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
10695 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10698 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
10700 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
10701 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
10702 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
10703 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
10704 below must take account of these differences. */
10705 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
10706 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
10708 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10710 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
10711 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
10715 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10716 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
10717 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
10719 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
10722 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
10723 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
10726 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10728 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10729 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
10730 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
10732 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10733 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
10736 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
10737 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
10740 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
10742 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
10743 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
10744 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
10747 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
10748 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
10752 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
10754 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
10756 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
10758 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
10759 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
10760 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
10762 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
10763 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
10767 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
10769 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
10771 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
10774 if (DECL_P (origin))
10775 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
10776 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
10777 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
10779 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
10780 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
10781 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
10782 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
10783 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
10784 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
10785 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
10789 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
10792 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
10795 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
10797 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
10799 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
10801 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
10802 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
10803 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
10804 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
10807 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
10808 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10809 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
10810 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
10814 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
10817 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10819 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
10820 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
10822 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10823 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
10826 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
10827 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
10830 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10834 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
10835 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
10837 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
10838 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10839 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
10841 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
10842 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
10843 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)
10844 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
10845 && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl)))
10846 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
10847 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
10850 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10851 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10852 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10853 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
10855 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
10856 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10857 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10862 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10865 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
10867 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
10870 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10873 pop_decl_scope (void)
10875 VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
10878 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10879 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10880 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10881 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10882 the current active scope. */
10885 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
10887 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
10888 tree containing_scope;
10891 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10892 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
10894 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
10896 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
10897 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
10899 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
10902 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10905 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10906 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10907 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10908 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
10909 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10911 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
10912 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10913 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
10915 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10916 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10917 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10918 for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
10919 if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
10924 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10925 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
10927 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10928 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10931 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
10934 scope_die = context_die;
10939 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10942 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
10944 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
10945 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10946 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
10952 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
10953 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
10956 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
10958 return (context_die
10959 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
10960 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type
10961 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
10964 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10965 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10966 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10969 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
10970 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
10972 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
10973 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
10975 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10976 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10977 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10978 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10979 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE)
10980 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
10981 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
10983 if (code == ERROR_MARK
10984 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10985 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10986 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10987 || code == VOID_TYPE)
10990 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
10991 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
10992 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
10995 if (type_die != NULL)
10996 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
10999 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
11000 function call type. */
11002 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree type)
11004 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
11006 value = targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (type);
11008 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
11009 is not DW_CC_normal. */
11010 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
11011 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
11014 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
11015 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
11016 was declared without a tag. */
11018 static const char *
11019 type_tag (tree type)
11021 const char *name = 0;
11023 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
11027 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
11028 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
11029 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
11031 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
11032 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
11034 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
11035 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
11036 t = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type));
11038 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
11040 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
11043 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
11046 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
11047 for bit field types. */
11050 member_declared_type (tree member)
11052 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
11053 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
11056 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
11057 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
11060 static const char *
11061 decl_start_label (tree decl)
11064 const char *fnname;
11066 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
11067 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
11070 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
11072 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
11077 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
11078 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
11079 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
11082 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11084 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
11085 dw_die_ref array_die;
11088 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
11089 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
11090 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
11091 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11092 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11095 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
11096 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
11097 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
11099 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
11101 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
11102 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
11103 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
11104 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
11108 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
11109 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
11110 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
11111 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
11112 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
11113 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
11114 for multidimensional arrays. */
11115 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
11118 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11119 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
11120 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
11121 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
11122 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11125 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
11127 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
11128 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
11130 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
11131 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
11132 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
11133 add_subscript_info. */
11134 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11135 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
11136 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
11138 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
11141 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
11146 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11148 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11149 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
11151 if (origin != NULL)
11152 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
11155 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
11156 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
11157 0, 0, context_die);
11160 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11161 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
11163 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
11167 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
11168 emit full debugging info for them. */
11171 retry_incomplete_types (void)
11175 for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
11176 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
11179 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
11182 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11184 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type, context_die, type);
11186 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11187 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11188 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11191 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
11194 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11196 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type, context_die, type);
11198 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11199 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11200 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11203 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
11206 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11208 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type, context_die, type);
11210 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11211 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11212 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11215 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
11216 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
11217 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
11221 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11223 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11225 if (type_die == NULL)
11227 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
11228 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11229 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11230 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
11232 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
11235 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11237 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
11238 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
11239 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
11240 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
11244 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11245 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
11246 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
11247 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
11249 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11250 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11251 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
11252 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
11254 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
11255 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
11257 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
11258 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
11260 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
11261 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
11263 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
11264 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
11265 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
11266 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
11267 values as if they were signed. That means that
11268 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
11269 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
11270 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
11271 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
11275 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11280 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
11281 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
11284 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
11285 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
11286 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
11287 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
11288 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
11289 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
11290 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
11291 argument type of some subprogram type. */
11294 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, dw_die_ref context_die)
11296 dw_die_ref parm_die
11297 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
11300 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
11302 case tcc_declaration:
11303 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
11304 if (origin != NULL)
11305 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
11308 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
11309 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
11310 TREE_READONLY (node),
11311 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
11313 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
11314 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11317 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
11318 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
11319 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node, DW_AT_location);
11324 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
11325 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
11329 gcc_unreachable ();
11335 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
11336 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
11339 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11341 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
11344 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
11345 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
11346 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
11347 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
11350 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11353 tree formal_type = NULL;
11354 tree first_parm_type;
11357 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11359 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
11360 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
11365 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
11367 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
11368 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
11369 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
11371 dw_die_ref parm_die;
11373 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
11374 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
11377 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
11378 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
11379 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
11380 && link == first_parm_type)
11381 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
11382 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11384 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
11386 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
11389 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
11390 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
11391 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
11392 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
11394 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
11395 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
11396 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
11397 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
11398 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
11399 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
11402 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
11403 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
11404 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
11405 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
11406 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
11409 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
11411 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
11413 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
11414 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
11415 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
11416 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
11418 dw_die_ref type_die;
11419 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
11421 push_decl_scope (type);
11422 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11423 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11424 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
11425 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
11427 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
11428 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
11429 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
11430 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
11431 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
11433 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
11434 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
11438 gen_variable_die (member, type_die);
11444 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
11445 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
11448 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
11450 dw_die_ref old_die;
11453 int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
11455 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
11456 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
11458 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11459 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11460 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
11463 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
11464 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
11465 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11467 context = decl_class_context (decl);
11469 gen_type_die_for_member
11470 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
11473 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
11474 save_fn = current_function_decl;
11475 current_function_decl = decl;
11477 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
11478 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
11479 if (! was_abstract)
11480 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
11482 current_function_decl = save_fn;
11485 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
11489 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11491 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11492 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11493 dw_die_ref subr_die;
11496 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11497 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
11498 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
11500 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
11501 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
11502 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
11503 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
11504 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
11506 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
11507 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
11510 gcc_assert (!old_die);
11513 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
11514 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
11515 if (!declaration && !origin && !old_die
11516 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
11517 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
11518 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11519 old_die = force_decl_die (decl);
11521 if (origin != NULL)
11523 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
11525 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
11526 inline function. */
11527 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
11528 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
11530 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11531 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
11535 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
11536 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
11538 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
11539 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
11540 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
11541 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
11542 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11544 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
11545 something we have already output. */
11549 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
11550 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
11551 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
11552 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
11553 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
11554 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
11555 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
11556 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
11557 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
11558 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
11559 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11560 == (unsigned) s.line))))
11562 subr_die = old_die;
11564 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
11565 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
11566 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
11567 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
11568 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
11569 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11570 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
11574 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11575 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
11576 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
11577 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11578 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11579 != (unsigned) s.line)
11581 (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
11586 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11588 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11589 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11591 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
11592 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11594 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
11595 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
11596 0, 0, context_die);
11599 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
11600 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11601 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11603 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11604 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11605 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11606 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11611 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11613 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11615 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
11616 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
11617 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
11618 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
11620 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
11621 later reused to represent definition. */
11622 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11625 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11627 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
11629 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
11630 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
11632 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
11636 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
11637 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
11639 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
11642 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11644 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
11646 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11647 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11649 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
11651 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
11652 current_function_funcdef_no);
11653 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
11654 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
11655 current_function_funcdef_no);
11656 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
11658 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
11659 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11662 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
11663 hot section and ond for cold section, then use the hot/cold
11664 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
11666 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
11667 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
11668 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
11669 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
11671 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
11672 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11673 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11677 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11678 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
11679 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
11682 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
11683 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
11684 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
11685 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
11686 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
11687 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
11688 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
11689 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
11691 /* ??? Use some command-line or configury switch to enable the use
11692 of dwarf3 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. At present there are no dwarf
11693 consumers that understand it; fall back to "pure" dwarf2 and
11694 convert the CFA data into a location list. */
11696 dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_loc_list ();
11697 if (list->dw_loc_next)
11698 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
11700 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
11703 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
11704 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
11705 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
11706 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
11707 by this displacement. */
11708 compute_frame_pointer_to_cfa_displacement ();
11710 /* For targets which support DWARF2, but not DWARF2 call-frame info,
11711 we just use the stack pointer or frame pointer. */
11712 /* ??? Should investigate getting better info via callbacks, or else
11713 by interpreting the IA-64 unwind info. */
11716 = frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx : stack_pointer_rtx;
11717 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg));
11721 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
11722 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
11723 loc_descriptor_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl));
11726 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
11727 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
11728 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
11729 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
11730 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
11731 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
11732 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
11733 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
11734 an ellipsis at the end. */
11736 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
11737 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
11738 its formal parameters. */
11739 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11741 else if (declaration)
11742 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
11745 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
11746 tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
11749 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
11750 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
11751 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
11752 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
11754 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
11755 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
11756 "__builtin_va_alist"))
11757 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
11759 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
11762 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
11763 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
11764 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
11765 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
11766 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
11767 parameters at all. */
11768 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
11769 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
11771 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
11772 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
11773 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
11775 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
11776 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
11779 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
11780 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
11781 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
11783 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
11784 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
11785 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
11786 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
11787 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
11788 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
11789 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
11791 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
11792 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
11793 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
11794 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
11795 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
11796 constructor function. */
11797 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
11799 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
11800 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
11801 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), subr_die);
11803 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
11804 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
11806 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
11807 if (current_function_has_inlines)
11809 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
11810 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
11812 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
11813 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
11818 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
11819 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
11823 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
11826 gen_variable_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11828 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11829 dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
11831 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11832 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
11833 /* If DECL is COMDAT and has not actually been
11834 emitted, we cannot take its address; there
11835 might end up being no definition anywhere in
11836 the program. For example, consider the C++
11840 struct S { static const int i = 7; };
11845 int f() { return S<int>::i; }
11847 Here, S<int>::i is not DECL_EXTERNAL, but no
11848 definition is required, so the compiler will
11849 not emit a definition. */
11850 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
11851 && DECL_COMDAT (decl) && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
11852 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
11854 if (origin != NULL)
11855 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
11857 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
11858 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
11860 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
11861 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
11864 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
11866 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
11867 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
11868 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
11870 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
11871 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
11873 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
11874 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
11875 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
11877 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
11878 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
11880 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
11881 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11883 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11884 != (unsigned) s.line)
11886 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
11891 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
11892 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
11893 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
11895 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11896 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11898 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11899 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11901 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11902 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11903 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11904 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11908 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11910 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration)
11911 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
11913 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11915 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl, DW_AT_location);
11916 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
11919 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
11922 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
11925 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11927 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11928 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
11930 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11932 if (origin != NULL)
11933 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
11935 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
11937 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11938 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
11941 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
11943 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
11944 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
11945 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
11949 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
11951 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
11952 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
11953 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
11954 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
11955 it if it ever does happen. */
11956 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
11958 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
11959 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11964 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
11965 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
11966 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
11969 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
11971 expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
11972 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
11974 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_file, file_index);
11975 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
11978 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
11979 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
11982 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
11984 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11986 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt))
11990 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
11992 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
11995 add_ranges (chain);
11996 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
12003 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
12004 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
12005 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
12006 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
12007 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
12008 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
12012 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
12015 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12017 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
12019 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
12020 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
12022 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
12025 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
12028 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12030 tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
12032 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
12033 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
12034 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
12035 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
12036 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
12038 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
12040 dw_die_ref subr_die
12041 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
12043 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
12044 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
12045 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
12047 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
12048 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
12051 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
12052 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
12053 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
12054 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
12055 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
12056 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
12057 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
12058 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
12059 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
12060 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
12061 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
12063 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12066 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
12069 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12071 dw_die_ref decl_die;
12073 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
12076 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
12077 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
12078 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
12079 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
12082 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
12084 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12085 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12086 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12089 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
12090 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12092 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
12093 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
12095 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
12096 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12097 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
12098 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
12100 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
12101 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
12105 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
12106 Use modified_type_die instead.
12107 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
12108 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
12111 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12114 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12116 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
12117 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12118 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
12121 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
12122 Use modified_type_die instead.
12123 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
12124 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
12127 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12130 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12132 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
12133 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12134 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
12138 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
12141 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12144 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
12145 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12147 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
12148 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
12149 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
12150 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12153 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
12156 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
12159 char producer[250];
12160 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
12163 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
12167 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
12168 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
12169 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR && filename[0] != '<')
12170 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
12173 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
12175 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12176 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
12177 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
12178 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
12179 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
12180 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
12181 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
12182 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12183 strcat (producer, " -g");
12186 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
12188 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
12189 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
12190 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
12191 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
12192 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
12193 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
12194 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F95") == 0)
12195 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
12196 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
12197 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
12198 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
12199 language = DW_LANG_Java;
12201 language = DW_LANG_C89;
12203 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
12207 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
12210 gen_string_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12212 dw_die_ref type_die
12213 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12215 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
12217 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
12218 TODO: add string length info. */
12220 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)));
12221 bound_representation (upper_bound, 0, 'u');
12225 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
12228 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
12230 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
12232 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
12233 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
12235 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
12236 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
12238 if (access == access_public_node)
12239 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
12240 else if (access == access_protected_node)
12241 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12244 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
12247 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12250 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
12253 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
12254 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
12255 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
12256 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
12257 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
12258 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
12259 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
12260 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
12261 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
12262 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
12263 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
12265 /* First output info about the base classes. */
12268 VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
12272 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
12273 gen_inheritance_die (base,
12274 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
12275 : access_public_node), context_die);
12278 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
12279 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
12281 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
12282 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
12283 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
12284 do put them in the right order. */
12286 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
12288 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
12290 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
12293 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
12294 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
12296 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
12297 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
12300 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
12302 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
12304 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
12308 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
12309 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
12310 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
12313 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12315 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12316 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
12318 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
12319 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
12320 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
12321 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
12323 if (type_die && ! complete)
12326 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
12327 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12328 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
12331 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
12333 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
12334 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
12336 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
12338 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
12339 ? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
12341 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
12343 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
12345 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
12348 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
12350 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
12351 then give a list of members. */
12352 if (complete && !ns_decl)
12354 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
12355 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
12356 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12357 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
12358 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
12359 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
12361 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
12362 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
12363 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
12364 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
12366 push_decl_scope (type);
12367 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
12370 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
12371 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
12373 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
12375 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
12376 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
12377 lookup_type_die (vtype));
12382 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
12384 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
12385 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
12386 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
12387 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type);
12391 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
12394 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12396 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12397 dw_die_ref subr_die
12398 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
12399 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12401 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
12402 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
12403 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
12404 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
12407 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
12410 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12412 dw_die_ref type_die;
12415 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
12418 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
12419 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
12420 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12421 if (origin != NULL)
12422 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
12427 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
12428 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
12430 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
12432 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
12433 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
12436 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
12438 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
12439 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
12442 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
12443 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
12446 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
12449 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12453 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
12456 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
12457 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
12459 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12462 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
12463 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
12465 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12466 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
12470 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
12471 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
12472 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
12473 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
12474 cloned type itself). */
12475 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
12476 type = type_main_variant (type);
12478 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12481 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12487 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
12488 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
12489 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
12490 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
12491 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
12493 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12495 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
12496 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
12497 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12501 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
12502 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
12503 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die);
12505 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
12506 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12508 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
12510 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
12513 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
12514 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12515 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12516 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
12520 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12521 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12522 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
12526 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == CHAR_TYPE)
12528 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12529 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die);
12532 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
12536 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
12539 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12542 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12543 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
12544 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
12545 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
12546 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
12547 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
12548 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
12549 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
12550 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12551 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
12553 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die);
12555 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12558 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
12559 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12560 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12565 declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
12569 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
12570 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
12572 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die);
12577 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
12578 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
12579 when appropriate. */
12588 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
12592 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
12596 gcc_unreachable ();
12599 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12602 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
12605 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12607 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
12610 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
12611 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
12612 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
12614 gcc_assert (type == type_main_variant (type));
12616 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
12617 an instance of an unresolved type. */
12619 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12624 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12625 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
12629 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
12633 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12634 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
12638 gcc_unreachable ();
12642 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
12643 things which are local to the given block. */
12646 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12648 int must_output_die = 0;
12651 enum tree_code origin_code;
12653 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
12654 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
12657 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
12658 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
12659 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
12660 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
12664 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
12665 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
12670 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
12671 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
12672 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
12673 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
12674 the current block. */
12675 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
12676 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
12678 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
12680 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
12681 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
12682 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
12683 must_output_die = 1;
12686 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
12687 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
12688 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
12689 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
12690 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
12691 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
12692 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
12693 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
12695 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
12696 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
12697 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12698 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
12699 as being a "significant" one. */
12700 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
12701 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
12702 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
12703 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
12705 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
12706 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
12707 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
12708 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12709 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
12710 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
12712 must_output_die = 1;
12718 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
12719 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
12720 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
12721 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
12722 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
12723 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
12724 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
12725 if (must_output_die)
12727 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
12728 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12730 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12733 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
12736 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
12737 all of its sub-blocks. */
12740 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12745 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
12746 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
12749 if (TREE_USED (stmt))
12751 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
12752 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
12753 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
12754 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
12755 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12759 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
12760 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12761 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
12762 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
12766 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
12767 add_child_die (context_die, die);
12768 /* Do not produce debug information for static variables since
12769 these might be optimized out. We are called for these later
12770 in cgraph_varpool_analyze_pending_decls. */
12771 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl))
12774 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12778 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
12779 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12782 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
12783 therein) of this block. */
12784 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
12786 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
12787 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
12790 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
12793 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl)
12795 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
12798 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
12799 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
12800 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
12801 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
12802 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
12803 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
12809 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
12812 force_decl_die (tree decl)
12814 dw_die_ref decl_die;
12815 unsigned saved_external_flag;
12816 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
12817 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12820 dw_die_ref context_die;
12821 tree decl_context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
12824 /* Find die that represents this context. */
12825 if (TYPE_P (decl_context))
12826 context_die = force_type_die (decl_context);
12828 context_die = force_decl_die (decl_context);
12831 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12833 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12837 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12839 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12840 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
12841 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
12842 declaration die. */
12843 save_fn = current_function_decl;
12844 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
12845 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
12846 current_function_decl = save_fn;
12850 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
12851 gen_decl_die() call. */
12852 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
12853 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
12854 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12855 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
12858 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
12859 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
12863 gcc_unreachable ();
12866 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
12868 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12869 gcc_assert (decl_die);
12875 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE. A DIE is always returned. */
12878 force_type_die (tree type)
12880 dw_die_ref type_die;
12882 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12885 dw_die_ref context_die;
12886 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12888 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
12889 context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12891 context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12894 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12896 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12899 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
12900 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12901 gcc_assert (type_die);
12906 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
12907 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
12910 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
12912 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
12913 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
12914 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
12915 /* Force out the namespace. */
12916 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
12918 return context_die;
12921 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
12922 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
12924 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
12925 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
12928 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
12930 dw_die_ref ns_context;
12932 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12935 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
12936 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
12937 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
12938 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
12941 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
12943 if (ns_context != context_die)
12945 if (DECL_P (thing))
12946 gen_decl_die (thing, ns_context);
12948 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
12952 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
12955 gen_namespace_die (tree decl)
12957 dw_die_ref context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
12959 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
12960 they are an alias of. */
12961 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
12963 /* Output a real namespace. */
12964 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12965 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace, context_die, decl);
12966 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
12967 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
12971 /* Output a namespace alias. */
12973 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
12974 dw_die_ref origin_die
12975 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
12977 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
12978 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12979 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
12980 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
12981 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
12982 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
12986 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
12989 gen_decl_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12993 if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
12996 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
13002 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
13003 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
13006 case FUNCTION_DECL:
13007 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
13008 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
13009 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
13010 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
13015 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
13016 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
13017 if (current_function_decl != decl)
13018 /* This is only a declaration. */;
13021 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
13022 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
13023 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
13025 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
13026 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
13027 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
13028 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
13029 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
13030 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
13031 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
13032 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
13033 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
13035 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
13036 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
13039 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
13040 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13042 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
13043 have described its return type. */
13044 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
13046 /* And its virtual context. */
13047 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
13048 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
13050 /* And its containing type. */
13051 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
13052 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
13053 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
13055 /* And its containing namespace. */
13056 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
13059 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
13060 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
13064 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13065 actual typedefs. */
13066 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13069 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
13070 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
13071 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
13072 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
13073 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
13074 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
13075 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
13077 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13081 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
13082 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13084 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
13085 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
13089 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
13090 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
13095 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13096 variable declarations or definitions. */
13097 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13100 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
13102 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13104 /* And its containing type. */
13105 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
13106 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
13107 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
13109 /* And its containing namespace. */
13110 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
13112 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
13113 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
13114 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
13116 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
13117 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
13118 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
13120 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
13124 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
13125 anonymous unions and structs. */
13126 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
13127 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
13128 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
13130 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
13131 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
13136 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13137 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
13140 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
13141 gen_namespace_die (decl);
13145 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
13146 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
13151 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
13154 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (const char *filename, const char *context_list)
13156 unsigned int file_index;
13158 if (filename != NULL)
13160 dw_die_ref unit_die = new_die (DW_TAG_module, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13161 tree context_list_decl
13162 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL, get_identifier (context_list),
13165 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl) = TRUE;
13166 add_name_attribute (unit_die, context_list);
13167 file_index = lookup_filename (filename);
13168 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
13169 add_pubname (context_list_decl, unit_die);
13173 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
13174 compilation proper has finished. */
13177 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
13179 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
13180 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
13181 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
13182 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
13183 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
13184 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
13187 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
13188 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
13190 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
13193 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
13196 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl. */
13199 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree context)
13201 dw_die_ref imported_die, at_import_die;
13202 dw_die_ref scope_die;
13203 unsigned file_index;
13204 expanded_location xloc;
13206 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13211 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
13212 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
13215 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
13216 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
13218 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
13219 else if (TYPE_P (context))
13220 scope_die = force_type_die (context);
13222 scope_die = force_decl_die (context);
13224 /* For TYPE_DECL or CONST_DECL, lookup TREE_TYPE. */
13225 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
13226 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
13229 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
13230 if (!at_import_die)
13232 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
13233 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
13234 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
13236 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
13237 dw_die_ref type_context_die;
13239 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
13240 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
13241 type_context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13243 type_context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13245 type_context_die = comp_unit_die;
13246 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl, type_context_die);
13248 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
13252 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
13253 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
13254 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module, scope_die, context);
13256 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, scope_die, context);
13258 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
13259 file_index = lookup_filename (xloc.file);
13260 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
13261 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
13262 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
13265 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
13268 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
13270 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
13272 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
13277 case FUNCTION_DECL:
13278 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
13279 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
13280 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
13281 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
13282 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
13283 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
13284 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
13285 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
13286 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
13287 with the definition of the function.
13289 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
13290 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
13291 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
13292 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
13293 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
13294 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
13295 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
13296 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
13297 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
13298 that they *are* definitions).
13300 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
13301 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
13302 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
13303 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
13304 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
13305 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
13308 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
13309 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
13310 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
13311 if (decl_function_context (decl)
13312 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
13313 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13314 context_die = NULL;
13318 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
13319 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
13320 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
13321 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
13322 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
13323 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
13324 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
13325 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
13326 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
13329 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
13330 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
13331 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
13333 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13334 variable declarations or definitions. */
13335 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13339 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
13340 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13342 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
13347 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
13348 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
13351 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
13352 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
13353 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
13355 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
13356 comparisons have. */
13357 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
13358 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus)
13359 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
13360 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
13361 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
13366 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
13367 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13370 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
13371 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
13372 if (decl_function_context (decl))
13373 context_die = NULL;
13381 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
13384 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
13385 a lexical block. */
13388 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13389 unsigned int blocknum)
13391 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13392 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
13395 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
13399 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
13401 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13402 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
13405 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
13406 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
13408 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
13409 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
13410 we may end up calling them anyway. */
13413 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block)
13417 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
13418 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
13419 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
13425 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
13426 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
13427 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
13428 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
13429 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
13430 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
13431 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
13432 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
13433 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
13437 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
13440 char *save_file_name;
13442 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
13443 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
13444 if (file_table_last_lookup_index != 0)
13447 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, file_table_last_lookup_index);
13448 if (strcmp (file_name, last) == 0)
13449 return file_table_last_lookup_index;
13452 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
13453 n = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table);
13454 for (i = 1; i < n; i++)
13455 if (strcmp (file_name, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)) == 0)
13457 file_table_last_lookup_index = i;
13461 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
13462 file_table_last_lookup_index = n;
13463 save_file_name = (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name);
13464 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, save_file_name);
13465 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
13467 /* If the assembler is emitting the file table, and we aren't eliminating
13468 unused debug types, then we must emit .file here. If we are eliminating
13469 unused debug types, then this will be done by the maybe_emit_file call in
13470 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs. */
13472 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO && ! flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
13473 return maybe_emit_file (i);
13478 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
13479 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
13480 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
13481 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
13482 types, which may include filenames. */
13485 maybe_emit_file (int fileno)
13487 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO && fileno > 0)
13489 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno))
13491 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno) = ++emitcount;
13492 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ",
13493 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno));
13494 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
13495 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, fileno));
13496 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
13498 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno);
13504 /* Initialize the compiler internal file table. */
13507 init_file_table (void)
13509 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
13510 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table, 64, "file_table");
13511 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted, 64, "file_table_emitted");
13513 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
13514 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, NULL);
13515 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
13516 file_table_last_lookup_index = 0;
13519 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
13520 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
13521 our lookup table. */
13524 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
13526 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
13527 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
13529 static rtx last_insn;
13530 static const char *last_label;
13533 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
13535 prev_insn = PREV_INSN (loc_note);
13537 newloc = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct var_loc_node));
13538 /* If the insn we processed last time is the previous insn
13539 and it is also a var location note, use the label we emitted
13541 if (last_insn != NULL_RTX
13542 && last_insn == prev_insn
13543 && NOTE_P (prev_insn)
13544 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (prev_insn) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION)
13546 newloc->label = last_label;
13550 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
13551 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
13553 newloc->label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
13555 newloc->var_loc_note = loc_note;
13556 newloc->next = NULL;
13558 if (cfun && unlikely_text_section_p (last_text_section))
13559 newloc->section_label = cfun->cold_section_label;
13561 newloc->section_label = text_section_label;
13563 last_insn = loc_note;
13564 last_label = newloc->label;
13565 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
13566 if (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR_IS_FROM (decl) && DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl)
13567 && DECL_P (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl)))
13568 decl = DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl);
13569 add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, newloc);
13572 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
13573 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
13574 declarations that use the locations won't have been outputted when
13575 that hook is called. */
13578 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13580 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
13583 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
13584 and record information relating to this source line, in
13585 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
13588 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename)
13590 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
13593 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13595 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
13596 if (flag_debug_asm)
13597 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
13600 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
13602 unsigned file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13604 file_num = maybe_emit_file (file_num);
13606 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
13607 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num, line);
13609 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
13610 line_info_table_in_use++;
13612 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
13613 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
13614 separate_line_info_table_in_use++;
13616 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
13618 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
13619 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
13620 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
13622 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13623 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
13624 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
13626 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13627 separate_line_info_table
13628 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table,
13629 separate_line_info_table_allocated
13630 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
13631 memset (separate_line_info_table
13632 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
13634 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13635 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
13638 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13640 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
13641 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13642 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
13643 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
13647 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
13649 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
13650 line_info_table_in_use);
13652 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13653 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
13655 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13657 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table,
13658 (line_info_table_allocated
13659 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
13660 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
13661 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
13664 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13665 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
13666 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13667 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
13672 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
13675 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
13677 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13679 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
13680 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
13682 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13683 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, filename);
13686 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13690 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13691 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
13692 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
13695 fileno = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
13696 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (fileno, "Filename we just started");
13700 /* Record the end of a source file. */
13703 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13705 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13706 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
13707 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13709 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13711 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13712 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
13716 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13717 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13718 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13721 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13722 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13724 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13726 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13727 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
13728 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
13729 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
13733 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13734 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13735 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13738 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13739 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13741 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13743 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13744 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
13745 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
13746 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
13750 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
13753 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13755 init_file_table ();
13757 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
13758 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
13759 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
13761 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
13762 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
13763 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
13765 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
13766 decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
13768 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
13769 abbrev_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
13770 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
13771 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13772 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13773 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
13775 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
13776 line_info_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13777 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
13778 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13780 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13781 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
13783 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
13784 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
13785 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
13786 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
13787 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
13788 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
13789 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
13791 incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
13793 used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
13795 debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION,
13796 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13797 debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION,
13798 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13799 debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION,
13800 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13801 debug_macinfo_section = get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION,
13802 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13803 debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION,
13804 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13805 debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION,
13806 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13807 debug_pubnames_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION,
13808 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13809 debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION,
13810 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
13811 debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION,
13812 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13814 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
13815 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
13816 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13817 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13818 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
13819 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13820 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
13822 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
13823 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13824 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
13825 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13826 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
13827 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13828 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
13829 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
13830 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
13831 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
13832 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
13833 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
13835 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13837 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13838 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
13839 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13840 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
13843 switch_to_section (text_section);
13844 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
13845 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
13847 unlikely_text_section ();
13848 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
13852 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
13853 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
13856 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13858 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
13860 if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp)
13862 switch_to_section (debug_str_section);
13863 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
13864 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
13872 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
13873 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
13876 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
13880 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13881 prune_unmark_dies (c);
13885 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
13886 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
13889 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
13893 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
13895 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
13897 /* A reference to another DIE.
13898 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
13899 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
13901 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_call_file)
13903 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
13904 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned =
13905 maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
13911 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
13912 to DIE's children. */
13915 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
13919 if (die->die_mark == 0)
13921 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
13924 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
13925 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
13926 if (die->die_parent)
13927 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
13929 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
13930 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
13932 /* If this node is a specification,
13933 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
13934 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
13935 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
13938 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
13940 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
13941 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
13945 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13947 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
13948 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
13949 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type)
13950 prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1);
13952 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
13958 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
13961 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
13965 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
13969 switch (die->die_tag) {
13970 case DW_TAG_const_type:
13971 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
13972 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
13973 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
13974 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
13975 case DW_TAG_typedef:
13976 case DW_TAG_array_type:
13977 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
13978 case DW_TAG_union_type:
13979 case DW_TAG_class_type:
13980 case DW_TAG_friend:
13981 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
13982 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
13983 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
13984 case DW_TAG_string_type:
13985 case DW_TAG_set_type:
13986 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
13987 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
13988 case DW_TAG_file_type:
13989 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
13993 /* Mark everything else. */
13999 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
14000 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
14002 /* Mark children. */
14003 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
14004 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
14008 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
14011 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
14013 dw_die_ref c, p, n;
14015 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
14018 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = n)
14023 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
14031 die->die_child = n;
14038 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
14041 prune_unused_types (void)
14044 limbo_die_node *node;
14046 /* Clear all the marks. */
14047 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
14048 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14049 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
14051 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
14052 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
14053 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14054 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
14056 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
14057 pubname_table or arange_table. */
14058 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
14059 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table[i].die, 1);
14060 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
14061 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
14063 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
14064 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
14065 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14066 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
14068 /* Leave the marks clear. */
14069 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
14070 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14071 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
14074 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
14075 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
14078 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
14080 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
14081 dw_die_ref die = 0;
14083 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
14084 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
14085 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, filename);
14086 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
14087 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
14088 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
14091 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
14092 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
14093 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
14094 && VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != '<')
14096 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
14101 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
14102 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
14103 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
14104 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
14106 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
14108 next_node = node->next;
14111 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
14113 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
14116 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
14117 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
14119 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
14120 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
14121 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
14124 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
14125 nested function can be optimized away, which results
14126 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
14127 with the return type of that nested function. Force
14128 this to be a child of the containing function.
14130 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
14131 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
14132 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
14133 the function is likely unreachable too. */
14134 tree context = NULL_TREE;
14136 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
14138 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
14139 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
14140 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
14141 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
14143 gcc_assert (context && TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL);
14145 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
14147 add_child_die (origin, die);
14149 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
14154 limbo_die_list = NULL;
14156 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
14157 emit full debugging info for them. */
14158 retry_incomplete_types ();
14160 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
14161 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
14162 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die);
14164 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
14165 prune_unused_types ();
14167 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
14168 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
14169 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
14170 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
14172 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
14173 that have children. */
14174 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
14175 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14176 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
14178 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
14179 switch_to_section (text_section);
14180 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
14181 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
14183 unlikely_text_section ();
14184 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
14187 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
14188 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
14189 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
14190 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
14191 examining the file. */
14192 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
14194 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
14195 output_line_info ();
14198 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
14199 if (have_location_lists)
14201 /* Output the location lists info. */
14202 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section);
14203 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
14204 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14205 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
14206 output_location_lists (die);
14207 have_location_lists = 0;
14210 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
14212 if (!separate_line_info_table_in_use && !have_switched_text_section)
14214 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
14215 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
14218 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
14219 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
14220 else if (have_location_lists || ranges_table_in_use)
14221 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
14223 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
14224 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
14225 debug_line_section_label);
14227 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14228 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
14230 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
14231 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
14232 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14233 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
14235 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, 0);
14237 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
14238 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
14239 output_abbrev_section ();
14241 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
14242 if (pubname_table_in_use)
14244 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section);
14245 output_pubnames ();
14248 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
14249 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
14250 if (fde_table_in_use)
14252 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section);
14256 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
14257 if (ranges_table_in_use)
14259 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section);
14260 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
14264 /* Have to end the macro section. */
14265 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14267 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
14268 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
14271 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
14273 if (debug_str_hash)
14274 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
14278 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
14279 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks;
14281 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
14283 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"